Digital PDFs

AA-JUS6A-TE

July 1987

264 pages

Original

12MB

Document:	RETOS Installation and Users Guide
Order Number:	AA-JUS6A-TE
Revision:	0
Pages:	264
Original Filename:	AA-JU56A-TE_RETOS_Installation_and_Users_Guide_Jul87.pdf

OCR Text

Sara
INN

—_

heed

.
ee
RSS
RE
RCS SBR
N

\
-Ai
Tatil
NS -CALTECA
S
LIN iT

Nan

NN
LAK

fY
~~~~.

RETOS Installation and User's Guide
Order Number: AA—JU56A-TE

This manual describes how to install and use RETOS, the ReGIS to sixel

graphics converter.

This is a new manual.

Operating System and Version: VAX/VMS, Version 4.4 orlater
Software Version: RETOS, Version 1.0

digital equipment corporation
maynard, massachusetts

First Printing, July 1987
The information in this document is subject to change without notice and
should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation.
Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that
may appear in this document.

The software described in this documentis furnished under a license and may
be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license.
No responsibility is assumed for the useor reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated

companies.

Copyright ©1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation
All Rights Reserved.
Printed in U.S.A.
The READER'S COMMENTSform on the last page of this document requests

the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation.

The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation:
BASEWAY

LA210

Rainbow

DEC
DECgraph
DECmate

LJ250
LNO3
LNO3 PLUS

RSTS
RSX
RT

DECslide
DECUS
DECwriter
DIBOL
LA50
LA75

MASSBUS
MicroVAX
MicroVMS
PDP
P/OS
PRINTSERVER 40

UNIBUS
VAX
VAXstation
VMS
VT
Work Processor

DATATRIEVE

DECpage

LA100

Letterprinter

LNO3R ScriptPrinteR

Professional

ReGIS

RX50

CACHE

This document was prepared using an in-house documentation production

system. All page composition and make-up was performed by TpX, the
typesetting system developed by Donald E. Knuth at Stanford University. TEX
is a trademark of the American Mathematical Society.

Contents
PREFACE

CHAPTER 1

xiit

RETOS INSTALLATION

1-1

1.1

HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS

1-3

1.2

SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS

1-3

1.3

PREPARING TO INSTALL RETOS
1.3.1
Access to the On-Line Release Notes
1.3.2
Installation Requirements

1-3
1-4
1-4

1.4

USING VMSINSTAL

1-4

1.5

INSTALLING RETOS

1-6

1.6

FILES CREATED OR MODIFIED DURING THE INSTALLATION

1-8

1.7

POSTINSTALLATION PROCEDURES

1-9

1.8

INVOKING RETOS

1-10

1.9

ERROR CONDITIONS

1-10

1.10

MAINTENANCE UPDATES

1-11

1.11

INSTALLING RETOS AS A SHARED IMAGE

1-12

1.12

DETERMINING AND REPORTING PROBLEMS

1-12

1.13

SAMPLE INSTALLATION

1-13

USING RETOS

2-1

2.1

THE CONVERTER USER

2-1

2.2

RETOS COMMAND SYNTAX

2-2

2.3

FORMAT OF THE INPUTFILE

2-3

2.4

SUPPORTED COMMAND QUALIFIERS
2.4.1
/BACKGROUND=bckgnd
2.4.2
/COLORS=n; /NOCOLORS
/DEVICE=devicetype
2.4.3
2.4.4
/GRID_UNITS=gru
/LEVEL=n
2.4.5
/MARGIN=(hmar,vmar)
2.4.6
/MONOCHROME; /NOMONOCHROME
2.4.7
/ORIENTATION=Ip
2.4.8
/OUTPUT=outputfile
2.4.9
/RESOLUTION=(hres,vres)
2.4.10
2.4.11
/REVERSE_VIDEO; /NOREVERSE_VIDEO
2.4.12
/SIZE=(width, height)

2-3
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-7
2-7
2-8
2-9
2-10
2-10
2-11
2-11

2.5

DEFAULT VALUES
Device-Dependent Parameters
2.5.1
2.5.2
Default File Types
Initial Default Values
2.5.3
2.5.4
Selecting Default Values

2-11
2-12
2-12
2-12
2-13

2.6

ERROR MESSAGES

2.7

SUPPORTED OUTPUT DEVICES
2.7.1
LJ250 and LJ252 Printers
LNO3 PLUS and LNO3 Printers
2.7.2
2.7.3
LA75 Printers
2.7.4
LA50 Printers
2.7.5
LA210 Letterprinters
LA100 Printers
2.7.6
VT340, VT330, VT241, VT240 Terminals
2.7.7

CHAPTER 2

2-16
2-16
2-17
2-17
2-17
2-17
2-17
2-18

2.8

IMPROVING RETOS PERFORMANCE
2.8.1
Increasing Conversion Speed
2.8.2
Avoiding VMS System Deadlock

2-18
2-18
2-18

2.9

RETOS HINTS FOR DECGRAPH AND DECSLIDE
2.9.1
Creating Files for /NOCOLORSDevices
2.9.2
Selecting Appropriate Backgroundsfor Printing

2-20
2-20
2-21

2.10

——-._—s_—‘

RETOS HINTS FOR DECPAGE

2-21

REGIS GRAPHICS

3-1

3.1

REGIS DEFINITION

3-1

3.2

REGIS DISPLAY STRUCTURE
3.2.1
[X,Y] Coordinate System
3.2.2
Pixel Vector System
3.2.3
Pixel Vector Multiplier

3-2
3-2
3-3
3-4

3.3

REGIS COMMAND STRUCTURE
3.3.1
ReGIS Commands
3.3.2
ReGIS Command Arguments

3-5
3-6
3-8

CHAPTER 3

3.3.2.1

3.3.3
3.3.4
3.3.5
3.3.6
3.3.7
3.4

Bracketed Extents ® 3-8

3.3.2.2
Quoted Strings * 3-8
3.3.2.3
Digit Strings ® 3-9
3.3.2.4
Options ® 3-10
Punctuation Significant to ReGIS Syntax
3.3.3.1
Commas and Spaces ® 3-11
3.3.3.2
Semicolon ® 3-11
Control Characters
ReGIS Default Values Summary
Conventions Used in ReGIS Commands
Conventions Used in ReGIS Examples

3-11
3-11
3-12
3-14
3-14

REGIS COMMANDS SUPPORTED BY RETOS
SCREEN CONTROL
3.4.1
Screen Control Command Summary

3-15
3-16

3-25

POSITION
3.4.2
Position Command Summary

3-26

WRITE CONTROL
3.4.3
Write Control Command Summary

3-34

VECTOR
3.4.4

Vector Command Summary

3-66

CURVE
3.4.5

Curve Command Summary

3-77

POLYGON FILL
3.4.6
Polygon Fill Command Summary

3-94

TEXT
3.4.7

Text Command Summary

3-105

LOAD
3.4.8

Load Command Summary

MACROGRAPH (@)
3.4.9
Macrograph Command Summary

3-131
3-136

3-64
3-76
3-92
3-104
3-128
3-135
3-139

3.5

REGIS COMMANDS NOT SUPPORTED BY RETOS

3-140

3.6

SCREEN ADDRESSING AND RESOLUTION

3-140

3.7

COLOR MAPPING

3-141

3.8

HANDLING OF ANSI TEXT AND ESCAPE SEQUENCES

3-142

CHAPTER 4

3-33

SIXEL GRAPHICS PROTOCOL AND OUTPUT

4-1

4.1

TERMINOLOGY

4-1

4.2

SIXEL PRINTING

4-3

4.3

STRUCTURE OF THE PROTOCOL

4-3

4.4

PROTOCOL SELECTOR — FORMATTING INFORMATION

4-4

4.5

4.6

THE PICTURE DEFINITION
4.5.1
Sixel Data
4.5.2
Control Codes
SET RASTER ATTRIBUTES (DECGRA — ”)

4-9

REPEAT INTRODUCER (DECGRI — !)

4-11

GRAPHICS CARRIAGE RETURN (DECGCR — $)

4-12

GRAPHICS NEXT LINE (DECGNL — -)

4-13

COLOR INTRODUCER (DECGCI — # )
4.5.3
Sixel Character Coding

4-14

SELECTING SIXEL MODE
SIXEL_DCS

4.7

4.7.2

4-16
4-17

4-18

SIXELS OUTPUT
4.7.1
Producing the Output Header — The Sixel Graphics
DCS
4.7.1.1

APPENDIX A

4-5
4-6
4-8

The Default Header ® 4-22

4.7.1.2
Headers Using the Command Line ® 4-22
The Sixels Picture

FONTS AND CHARACTER SETS

4-20
4-20
4-23

A-1

A.1

SUPPORTED FONTS

A-1

A.2

SUPPORTED CHARACTER SETS

A-2

APPENDIX B

COMPATIBILITY WITH OTHER REGIS DEVICES

B-1

vii

APPENDIX C

PRINTABLE DOT PATTERNS FOR SIXELS MODE

GLOSSARY

C-1

Glossary-1

INDEX

FIGURES

vill

2-1

RETOS/DEVICE=LJ250/MARGINS=(0.5,0.5) inputfile

2-8

2-2

Page Printing Orientation

2-10

3-1

Pixel Vector Directions

3-4

3-2

Pixel Vector Multiplication Example

3-5

3-3

Effective Default Address Range

3-18

3—4

Pixel Vector Direction Values

3-28

3-5

Bounded Sequence Example

3-30

3-6

| Unbounded Sequence Example

3-32

3-7

Erase Writing with Negative Pattern Control

3-37

3-8

Erase Writing with Foreground Specification

3-38

3-9

Replace Writing Example

3-39

3-10

Overlay Writing Example

3-40

3-11

Complement Writing Example

3-41

3-12

Standard Patterns Display

3-43

3-13

Standard Patterns

3-44

3-14

Examples of Binary Patterns

3-45

3-15

Pattern Multiplication

3-46

3-16

Negative Pattern Control

3-48

3-17

Shading Exampies

3-50

3-18

Circle Shading Examples: Without Outlines

3-51

3-19

Circle Shading Examples: with Outlines

3-52

3—20

Shading Through the Graph Baseline

3-53

3-21

Shading to the Graph Baseline

3-53

3-22

Circle Shading Example

3-54

3-23

Incorrect Shading Example

3-55

3-24
3-25
3-26
3-27
3-28
3-29
3-30
3-31
3-32
3-33
3-34
3-35
3-36
3-37
3-38
3-39
3-40
3-41
3-42
3-43
3-44
3-45
3-46
3-47
3-48
3-49
3-50
3-51
3-52
3-53
3-54
3-55
3-56
3-57
3-58

Correct Shading Example
Horizontal Shading Reference Line Examples
Vertical Shading Reference Line Examples
Vertical Shading Reference Line Example
Shading Character Select Argument Example
Incorrect Shading of Complex Graphic Object
Complex Graphic Shading Example
Bar Graph Using Vector Draw Line Arguments
PV Directions Graphic Image
Vector Command Bounded Sequence Example
Bounded Sequence Examples
Vector Command Unbounded Sequence Example
Temporary Write Control Option Example
Circle with Center at Current Position Example
Varying Circle Direction
Circle with Center at Specified Position Example
Effect of Signed Degree Values on Arc
Effect of Position Values on Arc

Effect of Signed Degree Values on Arc
Effect of Specified Positions on Arc
Closed Curve Sequence with Null Position Argument
Closed Figure with and Without Null Position Argument
Closed Curve Sequence Without Null Position Argument
Open Curve Sequence Without Null Position Arguments
Open Curve Sequence with Null Position Arguments
Temporary Write Control Option Example
Vector Option Example
Curve Option Example
Position Option Example
Temporary Write Control Option Example
Filling a Complex Polygon
Stored Character Format Examples
Character Positioning Argument Example
Display Cell and Unit Cell Size Options Example
Height Multiplier Option Example

3-56
3-56
3-58
3-59
3-60
3-62
3-63
3-68
3-69
3-70
3-71
3-73
3-75
3-78
3-79
3-80
3-81
3-82
3-83
3-84
3-86
3-87
3-87
3-89
3-89
3-91
3-95
3-96
3-98
3-100
3-102
3-106
3-111
3-114
3-115

Tilt Compass

3-116

Character Tilt Option Directions

3-117

String Tilt Directions

3-119

String/Character Tilt Option Directions

3-121

Italic Option Slant Values

3-123

PV Spacing Argument Example

3-125

Temporary Option Example

3-126

Text Command Temporary Write Control Option Example

3-127

Load Character Cell Argument Example

3-134

Macrograph Example

3-138

Sixels Device Control String Envelope

4-18

ASCII! Character Set (DEC Multinational Set — Left Half)

—

DEC Supplemental Character Set (DEC Multinational Set —- Right

A-6

A-4

Half)

A-5

ISO Latin—1 Character Set — Left Half

A-6

ISO Latin—1 Character Set — Right Half

A-7

DEC Special Graphics Character Set

A-8

DEC Technical Character Set

A-9

British Character Set

A-10

French Character Set

A-11

DEC French-Canadian Character Set

A-12

A-10

DEC Norwegian/Danish Character Set

A-13

A-11

DEC Finnish Character Set

A-14

A-12

German Character Set

A-15

A-13

DEC Dutch Character Set

A-16

A-14

ISO Italian Character Set

A-17

A-15

DEC Swiss Character Set

A-18

A-16

DEC Swedish Character Set

A-19

A-17

ISO Spanish Character Set

A-20

A-18

DEC Portuguese Character Set

A-21

C-1

Printable Dot Patterns for Sixels Mode

C-2

TABLES

2-1
2-2
2-3
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-8
3-9
3-10
3-11
3-12
3-13
3-14
3-15
3-16
3-17
3-18
3-19
3-20
4-1
4-2
4-3
4—4
A-1

Background Color with /NOCOLORS (Qualifier
Qualifiers Selected with /DEVICE=printertype
Qualifiers Selected with /DEVICE=terminaltype
ReGIS Command Summary
ReGiS Default Values

RGB Color Specifier System
HLS Color Specifier System
Default Color Output Map Values
Screen Control Command Summary
Position Command Summary
Standard Pattern Memory Descriptions
Write Control Command Summary
Vector Command Summary
Curve Command Summary
Polygon Fill Command Summary
Character Set Designators
Standard Character Cell Size Values

RETOSItalic Angles
Text Command Summary
Bit Patterns Associated with Hexadecimal Codes

Load Command Summary
Macrograph Operation Summary
Default Color Output Map Values
Macro Parameter Selections
Printable Dot Patterns for Sixel Mode

Sixel Graphics Private Control Characters
Graphics ANSI Control Characters

2-4
2-5
2-6
3-6
3-12
3-19
3-20
3-23
3-25
3-33
3-43
3-64
3-76
3-92
3-104
3-109
3-112
3-122
3-128
3-133
3-135
3-139
3-141
4-4

4-8
4-16

Character Set Source Standards

Preface
This manual describes how to use RETOS, the ReGISto sixel graphics converter. RETOS changes ReGISfiles to sixel files for printing on
sixel printers. The text also explains how to install RETOS and provides information on ReGIS (Remote Graphics Instruction Set) and sixel
graphics.

Structure of This Document
The RETOSInstallation and User's Guide has four chapters and three
appendixes:
Chapter 1 presents an overview of RETOS, the ReGISto sixel graphics
converter, instructions for installing the converter, and a sample
installation.
Chapter 2 explains how to use RETOS by describing the command
syntax, including supported qualifiers, converter default values, and
error messages.
Chapter 3 describes ReGIS to sixel graphics conversion, including
ReGIS commands, the handling of ANSI text and escape sequences,
screen addressing, and color mapping, and shows examples of the
ReGIS to sixel graphics conversion.
Chapter 4 provides information on the sixel graphics protocol and the
sixel output.
Appendix A identifies the character sets and fonts that RETOS sup-

ports.

Appendix B compares RETOS with other ReGIS devices.
Appendix C showssixel graphics printable dot patterns.

intended Audience
The RETOSInstallation and User’s Guide is intendedfor:
e

Users who produce Remote Graphics Instruction Set (ReGIS) files that
require conversion to sixel graphics for printing on sixel printers
Programmers who write applications that produce ReGIS files for
printing on sixel printers

Conventions Used in This Document
The following conventions are used throughout this document:
Convention

Meaning

Uppercase notation

Type the word orletter exactly as shown.

Lowercase notation

Substitute a word or value of your choice.

Indicates, in ReGIS graphics, that you must
supply a specific value. The <values> in
the angle brackets define the type of infor-

mation you can use, but the brackets are not

part of the ReGIS syntax. In W(M <n> )
you supply a numeric value, W(M1) or
W(M2), for example.

Indicates that the preceding item(s) can be
repeated one or more times.
RET

Indicates that you should press the RETURN
key.
Indicates that, while pressing the key

labeled CTRL, you simultaneously press another key, for example, CTRL/Z, CTRL/C,

CTRL/O.

$ help retos

xiv

Indicates a DCL command. In this example,

the system prints the “$” (default command
prompt) and you type the DCL command
“help retos”.

Associated Documents
Further information about ReGIS,the sixel graphics protocol, and VMS
installation procedures may be obtained from the following:
Guide to VAX/VMSSoftware Installation
Guide to VAX/VMS System Management and Daily Operations
VAX/VMSSystem Manager's Reference Manual!
VT240 Series Programmer Reference Manual
VAX/VMS System Messages and Recovery Procedures Reference Manual

1 As of VMS Version 4.4, this is the new title for Guide to VAX/VMSSystem Management and Daily
Operations.

Chapter 1

RETOSInstallation
RETOS, the ReGIS to sixel graphics converter, allows the printing of
ReGIS graphics on sixel printers or terminals. ReGIS graphics created on a
terminal can be run through the converter and changed into sixel graphics,
then printed on your sixel printer. Following is a list of applications that
produce ReGIS output:
e
e
e
e

BASEVIEW
DATATRIEVE
DECgraph
DECslide

The converter has commandqualifiers that allow generation of output
files for printing on sixel printers and video terminals. The following
output devices are supported: LJ250, LJ252, LN03 PLUS, LNO3, LA210,
LA100, LA75, and LASO printers, and VT340, VT330, VT241, and VT240
terminals.
NOTE
For the PRINTSERVER 40 and the LNO3R ScriptPRINTER,
DIGITAL recommends that you print ReGISfiles with
/PARAMETERS=(DATA—TYPE=REGIS)rather than
converting them with RETOSandprinting them with
/PARAMETERS=(DATA_TYPE=ANS)).
The following sections contain instructions for installing RETOS on the
VAX/VMS and MicroVMSoperating systems. They also explain how to
read the online release notes before installing the product. This document
applies to RETOS Version 1.0 andall point releases in that version.

RETOSInstallation

1-1

Keep this document with your distribution kit. You will need to refer to
it again should you receive any maintenance updates or need to reinstall
RETOSfor any other reason.
The installation procedure is described step by step. For the most part, the
dialog is self-explanatory. The system prompts you to answer questions
and change volumes and waits for you to tell it to continue.
At the back of this document is a READER’S COMMENTSform. If you
have any comments on this manual, please fill out the form and mail it.

For information on submitting Software Performance Reports (SPRs), see
Section 1.12.
This document does not contain release notes information; instead, release
notes are provided on line. You can read the release notes before you
install RETOS and at any time after the productis installed.
NOTE
To gain access to the release notes before RETOSis installed,
follow the installation procedure up to step 3, in which you
may chooseto read or print the release notes and discontinue
the installation procedure.
To read the release notesafter installation, type or print the file

SYS$HELP:RETOSnnn.RELEASE_NOTES, where nnnis the version

number, for example, 010 for Version 1.0.

The Help file also directs you to the release notes file. After the installation, simply type:
$ HELP RETOS RELEASE_NOTES

For more information on installing a product on VAX/VMS,see the Guide
to VAX/VMSSoftware Installation and the Guide to VAX/VMS System
Management and Daily Operations.
NOTE
As of VMSVersion 4.4, Guide to VAX/VMS System Management
and Daily Operationsis retitled to VAX/VMS System Manager's
Reference Manual.

1-2

RETOSInstallation

1.1

Hardware Requirements
Hardware requirements for the RETOSinstallation are:
e

A VAX operating system with one of the following for installation of
the software:
1600 BPI Magnetic Tape
RX50 Disk Drive
TK50 Tape Drive

A MicroVax I, MicroVax II, VAXstation I, or VAXstation II system with:
RX50 Disk Drive or TK50 Tape Drive (software installation)
RD52, RD53, or RD54 System Disk

A graphics terminal or a printer is NOT required to install or run the
software.

1.2 Software Requirements
The only software requirement for RETOSinstallation is that RETOS
Version 1.0 requires VAX/VMSVersion 4.4 or later or MicroVMSVersion
4.4 or later. The installation procedure uses the VMSINSTALutility.

1.3 Preparing to Install RETOS
Yourbill of materials specifies the number and contents of your media. Be
sure to check the contents of your distribution kit against the list in the
RETOSBill of Materials. The kit should include the following:
e

Software labeled VAX/VMS RETOS,Version 1.0, in one of the above
listed media forms (See Section 1.1.)

RETOSInstallation and User’s Guide

To mount the distribution medium, see the Guide to VAX/VMSSoftware
Installation pertaining to your system. This guide also details several
options to the installation procedure; be sure to readit.

RETOSInstallation

1-3

1.3.1

Access to the On-Line Release Notes
RETOS provides on-line release notes. To get access to them, you can
choose either to display or print the release notes during theinstallation
procedure.
The promptto display or print the release notes appears in the installation
procedure dialog, as noted in the description of step 3, only when you
invoke the VMSINSTALutility with the N option.

1.3.2

Installation Requirements
Before you can install RETOS, you must havethe following:
e
e

600 blocks of free disk space during andafter installation (minimum)
Two megabytes of physical memory (recommended)

Approximate time: 2 to 3 minutes, depending on your type of media
and your system configuration.

1.4 Using VMSINSTAL
After you log in to the system manager’s account to install RETOS,set
the default device to SYS$UPDATE: and then invoke VMSINSTAL,a

commandprocedure that executes the installation of this product. When

you enter the commandline to invoke VMSINSTAL, as described in step

2 of the installation dialog, you provide the following parameters:
1.

facility_name—and_version_number n — The variable n represents
the point release number of your particular product. Forthis release,
RETOS010 is the facility_name—version_number.
Refer to the label on the RETOSdistribution kit or the RETOSBill of
Materials for the point release number of your kit. You can also enter
an asterisk (*) in place of facility_name—and_version_number n. For
example, the first parameter to VMSINSTAL for RETOS Version 1.2

could be either RETOSO12 or*.
2.

The device name — Device names have the form ddn:, where dd is
the device code, and n is the unit number. The variable device-id is

the device name used in examples in this document.

1-4

RETOSInstallation

It is not necessary to use the console drive for installing RETOS. If you
do use the console drive, when the installation is complete, be sure to

replace any media you may have foundin the drive. You cannot use
the console drive if you are installing RETOS on a VAX 8600 or 8650.

OPTIONS N — Specify N with the OPTIONS keyword to specify that
release notes be displayed or printed, for example:
$ OSYS$UPDATE: VMSINSTAL RETOSO10 device-id OPTIONS N

VMSINSTAL prompts you for the product and device names if you do
not supply these parameters. However, if you omit the OPTIONS N
parameter, VMSINSTALdoesnot display the release notes query.
When you invoke VMSINSTAL,it asks:
Are you logged in to the system manager’s account?
DIGITAL recommendsthat you install layered software from the
system manager's account.
Do you have adequate quotasfor installing layered products?
VMSINSTALchecksfor the following quota values:
e =ASTLM = 24
e BIOLM = 18
e
e
e
e

BYTLM = 18000
DIOLM = 18
ENQLM = 30
FILLM = 20

VMSINSTALthen checksto seeif either of the following conditions
exists and should be discontinued prior to resumingtheinstallation:
e Whether DECnetis up and running
e If there are any users logged in to the system
if VMSINSTALdetects either condition, VMSINSTAL gives you the
opportunity to stop the installation procedure by prompting you to
continue; to stop the installation, simply press RETURN. In most
cases, it should not be necessary to stop the installation because
DECnetis running or other users are logged in to the system.

RETOSInstallation

1-5

1.5 Installing RETOS
This section contains excerpts from the installation dialog and explanatory

text.

Enhancements to VMSINSTALin future releases of VMS mayresult in
additional prompts appearing during the course ofthe installation. Such
prompts may not be documented in this installation section; however,
the installation should proceed normally. Refer to the letter Read Before
Installing or Using for any notes pertaining to installing RETOS.
Step 1. Log in to the system manager's account.
Username:
Password:

SYSTEM

Step 2. Invoke VMSINSTAL.
Invoke VMSINSTALasfollows:
$ OSYS$UPDATE: VMSINSTAL RETOSO10 device-id OPTIONS N

VAX/VMS Software Product Installation Procedure
It is dd-mmm-yyyy at hh:mn.

Enter a question mark (7) at any time for help.

If users are logged into the system, VMSINSTALlists them on your screen
and asks if you wantto continue:
% VMSINSTAL-W-ACTIVE, The following processes are still active:

* Do you want to continue anyway [NO] ?Y
* Are you satisfied with the backup of your system disk [YES]? Y
The following products will be processed:

RETOS V1.0
Beginning installation of RETOS V1.0 at hh:mm
“4VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset A...

1-6

RETOS Installation

Step 3. Select release notes option.
Release Notes Options:

(1) Display release notes
(2) Print release notes
(3) Both
* Select option [3]: [RET

If you select option 1, VMSINSTALdisplays the release notes immediately
on your terminal. If you select option 2, VMSINSTAL prompts you for a
queue namewith the following prompt:
* Queue name [SYS$PRINT] :

After you enter a queue (or press RETURN to indicate the default output

print device, SYS$PRINT), VMSINSTALasks if you wantto continue with
the installation by displaying the following prompt:

Do you want to continue the installation [NOJ]?: Y

If you type NO or press RETURN, VMSINSTALdiscontinuesthe installation.
If you type YES, VMSINSTALcontinues with this message:
VMSINSTAL-I-RELMOVED, The products release notes have been successfully

removed to SYS$HELP

Step 4. Select installation options.
* Do you want to purge files replaced by this installation [YES]? |[RET|

The installation procedure does not automatically purgefiles that are
replaced during the installation. These files reside in SYS$SYSTEM
and SYS$LIBRARYand constitute each release of RETOS. Purging is
recommended; you must press RETURNto request that files be purged.
If you do not wantthe files purged, type NO in response to the question.
The system Help files are updated in either case.
* Do you want to run the IVP after installation [YES]?

Theinstallation verification procedure (IVP) runs tests to ensure that

the installation was successful. If you do not want to run the IVP, type

NO in response to the question. Press RETURN to run the IVP after the
installation. If this option was chosen, theinstallation procedurecalls the
IVP to verify that RETOS wassuccessfully installed.

RETOS Installation

1-7

VMSINSTAL now movesfiles to their target directories and ends the
installation.
“VMSINSTAL-I-MOVEFILES, files will now be moved to their

target directories...

Installation of RETOS V1.0 completed at hh:mm
VMSINSTAL procedure done at hh:mm
$ LOGOUT
SYSTEM

logged out at dd-mmm-yyyy hh:mm:ss.ss

When the RETOSinstallation procedure is complete, you can choose
to install more products or end theinstallation procedure. To end the
installation procedure, type EXIT or press RETURN. If you removed any
media from the console drive before beginning, you should replace it now.

1.6

Files Created or Modified During the Installation
Files moved to the target directory during a RETOS installation include
the following:

¢
¢
¢
¢
°
°
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢

SYS$SYSTEM:[SYSEXE]JRETOS.EXE
SYS$SYSTEM:[SYSEXE.RETOS$]FONTAB.FDF
SYS$SYSTEM:[SYSEXE.RETOS$]FNT07.EXE
SYS$SYSTEM:|SYSEXE.RETOS$]FNT08.EXE
SYS$SYSTEM:[SYSEXE.RETOS$]FNT10.EXE
SYS$SYSTEM:[SYSEXE.RETOS$]FNT14.EXE
SYS$SYSTEM:[SYSEXE.RETOS$]FNT16.EXE
SYS$SYSTEM:[SYSEXE.RETOS$]FNT12X14.EXE
SYS$SYSTEM:|SYSEXE.RETOS$]FNT12X29.EXE
SYS$SYSTEM:|SYSEXE.RETOS$]FNT15X38.EXE
SYS$SYSTEM:|SYSEXE.RETOS$]FNT8X38.EXE

In addition, SYS$HELP:HELPLIB.HLB is updated to include the new

version of the RETOShelp text; the RETOSrelease notes are copied to

SYS$HELP:RETOS010.RELEASE_NOTES.

1-8

RETOS Installation

The following files have been created or modified by theinstallation
procedure:

[SYSEXE]RETOS.EXE
[SYSMGR]JRETOS_STARTUP.COM
[SYSHLPJRETOS_HELP.HLB
[SYSHLP]RETOS010.RELEASE_NOTES
[SYSEXE.RETOS$]FONTAB.FDF
[SYSEXE.RETOS$]FNT07.EXE
[SYSEXE.RETOS$]FNT08.EXE
[SYSEXE.RETOS$]FNT10.EXE
[SYSEXE.RETOS$]FNT14.EXE
[SYSEXE.RETOS$]FNT16.EXE
[SYSEXE.RETOS$]FNT12X14.EXE
[SYSEXE.RETOS$]FNT12X29.EXE
[SYSEXE.RETOS$]FNT15X38.EXE
[SYSEXE.RETOS$]FNT8X38.EXE
[SYSTEST]RETOS_IVP.COM
[SYSTEST]RETOS_TEST.PIC
1.7

Postinstallation Procedures
VMSINSTALdeletes or changes entries in the process symbol tables
during the installation. Therefore, if you are going to continue using
the system manager’s account, you should log out and log back in
again to restore those symbols.
Add the following line to the system startup commandfile
(SYS6MANAGER:SYSTARTUP.COM)to keep the RETOS symbol
and RETOS$FONTlogicals available after each system reboot:
$ OSYS$MANAGER : RETOS_STARTUP

Execute this command on each CPUofthe cluster, if you are installing
RETOSin a cluster environment.

RETOSInstallation

1-9

Add the following commandto the systemwide log-in procedure
(normally SYS$MANAGER:SYLOGIN.COM)to define the RETOS
symbol for system users:
$ RETOS :== $RETOS

1.8 Invoking RETOS
RETOSis nowinstalled and can be invoked with the RETOS/qualifier
inputfile commandline. (See Chapter 2.)
Theinstallation procedure assigns a global symbol, so that the RETOS
commandis recognized and processed. However, the symbol is not
assigned for those users whoare logged in. All logged-in users who want
to use the RETOS command mustlog out of the system and log backin.
If RETOS will be used extensively on your system, you can reduce system
overhead and memory requirements by using the Install utility to install
RETOSasa shared image. See Section 1.11, Installing RETOS as a Shared
Image, for more information.

1.9

Error Conditions
If the installation procedure or IVP fails for any reason, one of the following messagesis displayed:
RETOS V1.0 Installation failed.
Please consult the RETOS installation chapter for further
information.
RETOS Vi.0 Installation Verification Procedure failed.

Please consult the RETOS installation chapter for further
information.

An error during the installation can be caused by one or moreof the
following conditions:

1-10

e
e
e

Insufficient disk space to complete the installation
Insufficient system virtual page count parameter
Insufficient AST quota

Insufficient buffered I/O byte count

Insufficient subprocess quota

Insufficient open file quota

RETOS Installation

e
e
e

Insufficient process paging file quota
Insufficient process working set quota
Insufficient system maximum workingset

Incorrect version of VAX/VMSor MicroVMS

For descriptions of the error messages generated by these conditions, see
the VAX/VMSSystem Messages and Recovery Procedures Reference Manual
and the Guide to VAX/VMSSoftware Installation.
If you are notified that any of these conditions exist, you should take
the appropriate action, as described in the message. You may needto
change a system parameteror increase an authorized quota value. If the
installation fails, you must restart the installation procedure from step 2.
If installation fails due to an IVP failure, contact a DIGITALfield representative.

1.10

Maintenance Updates
DIGITAL mayperiodically issue maintenance update releases of RETOS.
Each update consists of an installation kit. You should install this kit as
described in this book or in any documentation that may accompany the
maintenance update.
Each time a maintenance update is released, the version number changes.
For example, if the current version is Version 1.0, the version number

of the first maintenance update will be Version 1.1. In addition, the
maintenance update will usually include changes to the release notes. The
release notes state what changes have been made to RETOSsince the
previous release.
Read the release notes before you install RETOS and at any time after the
product is installed. For information on reading the release notes before
RETOSis installed, follow the installation procedure up to step 3. At that
point, you can chooseto typeor print the release notes and discontinue
installation. To read the release notes after installation, type or print the
file SYS$HELP:RETOS010.RELEASE_NOTES.
The Help file also directs you to the release notes file. After installation,

type:

$ HELP RETOS RELEASE_NOTES

RETOSInstallation

1-11

1.11

Installing RETOS as a Shared Image
If you wishto install RETOS on a system that will use it extensively, you
can reduce the system overhead and memory requirements by installing it
as a shared image. To install RETOS as a shared image on a system that
is currently running, use the Install utility while you are logged in under
the system manager's account.
DIGITAL recommendsthat you perform the following steps on a system
that has just been bootstrapped. If errors occur, consult the Guide to
VAX/VMS System Management and Daily Operations.
Step 1. Invoke the Install Utility.
$ INSTALL :== $RUN SYS$SYSTEM: INSTALL/COMMAND_MODE
$ INSTALL
Step 2. Install RETOS as a shared image.
INSTALL> SYS$SYSTEM:RETOS . EXE/OPEN/SHARED
INSTALL> |[CTRL/Z

Step 3. Update the system start-up file to install RETOS.
Include the following lines in SYSSMANAGER:SYSTARTUP.COM(the
site-specific start-up file) to ensure that RETOSis installed as a shared
image each time the system is bootstrapped:
$ INSTALL :==RUN SYS$SYSTEM: INSTALL/COMMAND_MODE
$ INSTALL
SYS$SYSTEM: RETOS . EXE/OPEN/SHARED

Then, RETOS will be installed each time the system is bootstrapped.

1.12 Determining and Reporting Problems
If an error occurs while you are using RETOS, and you believe that the
error is due to a problem in RETOS, submit a Software Performance

Report (SPR). If you find an error in the RETOS documentation,fill out
and submit the READER’S COMMENTSform appearing at the back of
the manual in which the error was found.

1-12

RETOS Installation

When you prepare to submit an SPR,please dothe following:
1.

Describe as accurately as possible the state of the system and the
circumstance when the problem occurred. Include in the description the version number of RETOS being used. (You can find the
version number by entering the DCL command, HELP RETOS
RELEASE_NOTES.)Illustrate the problem with specific examples.
If you report a documentation error, specify the title of the manual
and include the section and page number wheretheerror occurred.
Reduce the problem to as small a size as possible.

Rememberto include listings of any commandfiles, relevant data files,
and so on.

Provide a listing of the ReGIS file.

Submit sources on machine-readable media (floppy diskette or magnetic tape), if possible. All media will be returned to you when the
SPR is answered.
Report only one problem per SPR. This will facilitate a more rapid
response.
Mail the SPR package to DIGITAL.

6.
7.

Experience shows that many SPRscontain insufficient information to
duplicate or identify the problem. Complete and concise information will
help DIGITAL give accurate and timely service to software problems.

1.13 Sample Installation
Following is a sample installation of RETOS. Installation messages may
vary due to system conditions and the options you choose.
Username:

SYSTEM

Password:
Last interactive login on Monday,

18-MAY-1987 21:59

Last non-interactive login on Tuesday, 19-MAY-1987 03:00

$ set def sys$update
$ Qvmsinstal retos010 bee$dub0: [retos.retos010] options n
VAX/VMS Software Product Installation Procedure V4.5
It is 19-MAY-1987 at 13:36.

RETOSInstallation

1-13

Enter a question mark (7) at any time for help.

“4VMSINSTAL-W-DECNET, Your DECnet network is up and running.
“VMSINSTAL-W-ACTIVE, The following processes are still active:

WOPR CLUSTER
COMBAR_1

Proud 4MClub VP
Marino - TD!!

TORRES_1
* Do you want to continue anyway [NO]? yes
* Are you satisfied with the backup of your system disk [YES]? yes
The following products will be processed:
RETOS V1.0
Beginning installation of RETOS Vi.0 at 13:36
“4VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset A...
Release Notes Options:
1.
2.
3.

Display release notes
Print release notes
Both 1 and 2

* Select option [3]: 2
* Queue name [SYS$PRINT]: alpha$print
Job retos010 (queue ALPHA$PRINT, entry 598) pending
* Do you want to continue the installation [N]? Y
“4VMSINSTAL-I-RELMOVED, The products release notes have been successfully

moved to SYS$HELP.

During this installation, new files will be provided to replace existing
versions. You may purge these older versions to save disk space, or keep
them if you feel they may be of use. Purging is recommended.
* Do you want to purge files replaced by this installation [YES]? yes

Most products provide an Installation Verification Procedure (IVP)

which verifies the completeness and accuracy of the installation.
You may wish to run the IVP immediately after installation.
* Do you want to run the IVP after the installation [YES]? yes

“4VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory VMI$ROOT: [SYSEXE.RETOS$]
The RETOS$FONTS logical and the RETOS symbol will disappear the next
time the system is rebooted. To make them appear after each boot,
add the following line to the system startup command file,
SYS$MANAGER : SYSTARTUP .COM:
$ OSYS$MANAGER : RETOS_STARTUP
If you are installing RETOS into a cluster environment make sure that
this command is executed on each CPU of the cluster.
To define the symbol RETOS for each user who logs in, add the following
command to the system-wide login procedure (normally
SYS$MANAGER : SYLOGIN .COM) :

1-14

RETOS Installation

$ RETOS :== $RETOS
“WMSINSTAL-I-MOVEFILES, Files will now be moved to their target directories...
Installation of RETOS V1.0 completed at 13:42

$ log
SYSTEM

VMSINSTAL procedure done at 13:42
logged out at 19-MAY-1987 13:58:02.40

RETOS Installation

1-15

Chapter 2

Using RETOS

2.1

The Converter User
Users of RETOS generally fall into two groups:
e
e

Those whouse applications, such as DECslide or DECgraph,that
produce ReGISfiles
Programmers who write applications that produce ReGIS outputfiles

RETOS converts ReGISto sixel graphics. Typically, a user previews a
ReGIS file on a video terminal. Connected to the printer port of this
terminal is a sixel printer. Since the printer supports sixels for bit map
display, the ReGIS outputfile requires conversion to sixel graphics before
printing.
Send your RETOS-convertedfile through your DIGITAL video terminal, to
a printer attached to yourprinter port, by using the DCL TYPE command

($ TYPE filename) and the Printer Control Mode. To enter andexit Printer

Control Mode, put the following escape sequencesat the top and bottom
of the converted file:
e
e

To enter Printer Control Mode: ESC [5 i
To exit Printer Control Mode: ESC [ 4i

NOTE
Makesure that you set your terminal to NO BROADCAST
before using Printer Control Mode. Otherwise, a message
received on your terminal could interrupt the printing of your
Using RETOS

2-1

file and create unwanted characters and white space in your
drawing.
Another RETOS environment might find several users sharing a sixel
printer, such as the LJ250, through a print queue. In either case, sharing
an LJ250 through a print queue or using a sixel printer connected to your
printer port, you access RETOS by using a commandline at the $ (dollar
sign) or system prompt. For a detailed description of the command syntax
including supported qualifiers, see Sections 2.2 and 2.4.
To print your newly-converted sixel graphics file on a printer connected to
a print queue, use the DCL PRINT command.

Using the terminal’s Print Screen function, which dumpsthe terminal’s
screen to the printer, is an alternative method of printing your ReGISfile.
However, using RETOSoffers the following advantages:
e

Page size and resolution compatibility of printer and terminal (The
picture is scaled to fit on the output page.)

Availability of the full range of colors and resolutions on printers like

e
e

Ease of sharing graphicsfiles (through electronic mail, for example)
Separation of conversion and printing (Files can be converted in
a batch job and printed through a print queue without operator

the LJ250

intervention.)

2.2

Sharing of a printer by several users (use of a print queue rather than
a terminal’s printer port)

RETOS Command Syntax
RETOS commandsyntax is as follows:
$ RETOS/qualifiers inputfile

where:

2-2

Using RETOS

RETOS

is the name of the ReGIS to sixel graphics converter

qualifiers

is Zero or more commandqualifiers

inputfile

is the name of the ReGIS file to be converted to sixel graphics

2.3 Format of the Input File
Ideally, RETOS input files contain pure ReGIS graphics. RETOStreats
characters in this file as ReGIS commands with the exception of ANSI
escape sequences and controls, which it parses and ignores.
Your input file can contain variable length records as long as no record is
larger than 512 bytes.
See Chapter 3 for information on ReGIS commandsyntax.

2.4 Supported Command Qualifiers
This section describes the command syntax qualifiers supported by
RETOS. Use these qualifiers to select characteristics for the ReGIS-to-sixels
conversion. All commandqualifiers are optional.
Commandqualifiers can be abbreviated by using the least numberof
unique characters.
NOTE
Default values for each qualifier depend on the value of the
/DEVICEqualifier you select. RETOS preset default values are
those associated with /DEVICE=LJ250.

2.4.1

/BACKGROUND=bckgnd
The /BACKGROUND=bckegnd qualifier designates the background color
of the output page. Select bckgnd from one of the keywords: BLACK,

WHITE, or COLOR. RETOS does not write sixel data in the background

color, which is normally BLACK for video terminals and WHITE for
printers. If you specify /BACKGROUND=COLOR, RETOSwrites sixel

data in all colors, including black and white, and considers the background

color to be BLACK. The default is /BACKGROUND=WHITE.

See Section 2.4.2 for a description of the effect of the /BACKGROUND
qualifier with the /NOCOLORSqualifier.

Using RETOS

2-3

2.4.2

/COLORS=n; /NOCOLORS
The /COLORS=n qualifier specifies the numberof colors or intensities,
including black and white, to display on the output device at the same
time. Two is the minimum number and 256 is the maximum number. The
default is /COLORS=256.
The /NOCOLORSqualifier indicates that RETOS produces black and
white sixels rather than gray or colored sixels. In the output, a 0 represents pixels drawn in the backgroundcolor; a 1 represents pixels drawn in
any other color. Therefore, the output file contains nocolor information.
NOTE
When yourdestination device is a black and white printer,

such as the LNO3 PLUS, RETOS conversion works best if the

input file is also black and white. Otherwise, anything thatis
black on the screen is white on the page, and anything thatis
not black on the screen is black on the page. This means, at
best, that all bars in a graphorslices of a pie print black. At
worst, the entire page prints black if you draw thepicture with
a white background and gray bars or gray pie slices. DECgraph
and DECslide users, for example, should select monochrome

output for RETOS conversion to be printed on a black and
white device.

With the /NOCOLORSqualifier selected, the combination of /BACKGROUND
and /REVERSE_VIDEO qualifiers determines the background color. See
Table 2-1.
Table 2-1:

Background Color with /NOCOLORS Qualifier
/BACKGROUNDSetting

/REVERSE_VIDEOSetting

BLACK

WHITE

COLOR

/REVERSE_VIDEO

WHITE

BLACK

WHITE

/NOREVERSE_VIDEO

BLACK

WHITE

BLACK

NOTE
/COLORS=2 and /NOCOLORSare not equivalent.
/COLORS=2 meansthat the entire picture is drawn in two
colors. For example, you can draw in red and blue, or in yellow
and pink, but you can use only two different colors on each
2-4

Using RETOS

page. /NOCOLORS meansthat no color information is written
to the outputfile; each pixel is either on or off. /NOCOLORS
output is generally black and white.

2.4.3

/DEVICE=devicetype
The /DEVICE=devicetype qualifier names the destination device — printer
or terminal. Select one of the following keywords as the devicetype:
LJ250, LJ252, LNO3_PLUS, LN03, LA75, LA50, LA210, LA100, VT340,
VT330, VT241, or VT240. The default is /DEVICE=LJ250. Specifying
/DEVICE=LJ252 has the same effect as specifying /DEVICE=LJ250.
This qualifier determines default values for other RETOS qualifiers. See
Tables 2-2 and 2-3 for the specific qualifiers set for each device type.

Table 2-2:

Qualifiers Selected with /DEVICE=printertype

Qualifier

LJ250

LA50

LA75

LA210

LA100

LNO3

LNO3_PLl

/ORIENTATION

=Pt

/SIZE

=(8,10.5)

=(8,10.25) =(8,10.25)

/RESOLUTION

=(90,90)

=(144,72)

=(144,144) =(330,72)

=(132,72)

=(100,100) =(300,300)

/MARGIN

=(0,0)

/COLORS

=256

—

—_—

/NOCOLORS

—

set

/BACKGROUND

=WHITE

=WHITE =WHITE

=WHITE

/REVERSE_VIDEO

set

=(0,0)

/NOREVERSE_VIDEO—

—

/LEVEL

/GRID_UNITS

=Dt

=PX:300§ =PX:300

/MONOCHROME

—

set

/NOMONOCHROMEset

—_—

—

_—

—_

8PX stands for PIXEL.

+P stands for PORTRAIT.
ID stands for DECIPOINT.

Using RETOS

2-5

Table 2—3:

Qualifiers Selected with /DEVICE=terminaltype

Qualifer

VT240

VT241

VT330

VT340

/ORIENTATION

=Pt

/SIZE

=(8,4.8)

/RESOLUTION

=(100,50)

=(100,100)

/MARGIN

=(0,0)

/COLORS

=16

/NOCOLORS

—

/BACKGROUND

=COLOR

/REVERSE_VIDEO

—

/NOREVERSE-—VIDEO

set

/LEVEL

/GRID_UNITS

=Dt

/MONOCHROME

set

—

set

—

/NOMONOCHROME

—

set

—

set

TP stands for PORTRAIT.
TD stands for DECIPOINT.

NOTE

After selecting a destination device, print only the resulting sixel
file on that kind of device. The /DEVICE qualifier automatically
selects the right grid size and aspect ratio for the device you
name. Printing or displaying thefile on a different device type
may produce poorresults.

2-6

Using RETOS

2.4.4 /GRID_UNITS=gru
The /GRID_UNITS=gru qualifier specifies the units for the horizontal grid
size (distance between adjacent dots) in the outputfile. This applies only
to level 2 devices. The variable gru is either DECIPOINTS or PIXELS:n.
If gru is DECIPOINTS, RETOSgives the grid size in decipoints. If gru
is PIXELS:n, where n is the (integer) horizontal hardwareresolution in
dots/inch, RETOSgives the grid size in pixels. RETOS calculates the
horizontal grid size based on the horizontal resolution provided in the
commandline. The default is /GRID_UNITS=DECIPOINTS.
NOTE
For some devices, such as the LJ250, the grid size must be in
decipoints. For other devices, such as the LNO3, giving the
grid size in pixels provides for maximum accuracy. A pixelis
the smallest piece of an image as defined by the generating
software. A decipoint is 1/720”.

2.4.5

/LEVEL=n
The /LEVEL=n qualifier indicates the sixel graphics conformancelevel of
the output device. The variable n is either 1 or 2. The VT240is level 1,

and the LJ250 is level 2. See Tables 2-2 and 2-3 for the sixel graphics
conformancelevel of other devices supported by RETOS. The default is
/LEVEL=2.
NOTE
Level 1 or level 2 in this qualifier refers to sixels only. For
example, a level 2 sixel device is not the sameas a level 2 ANSI
device. The VT340 is a level 2 sixel device and a level 3 ANSI
device.

Using RETOS

2-7

2.4.6

/MARGIN=(hmar,vmar)
The /MARGIN=(hmar,vmar) qualifier designates the horizontal and vertical
margins for the output page in inches. Give these numbersin decimal
fractions.
These margins add to the margins that output devices impose; therefore, they are within the boundaries defined by the /SIZE qualifier.
For example, the LJ250’s output pagesize is 8” x 10.5”. By setting
/MARGIN=(0.5,0.5), you get an additional margin of 0.5” onall sides,
and your graphics print in a 7” x 9.5” area (see Figure 2-1 below). The
default for supported devices is /MARGIN=(0,0).
Figure 2-1:

RETOS/DEVICE=-LJ250/MARGINS-=(0.5,0.5) in-

putfile

8.5"
11.0"

8.0’
7 0"

ai Papersize

10.5'

9.5”
«+

/SIZE=(8,10.5)
/MARGIN=(0.5,0.5)

MLO-1062-87

2.4.7

/MONOCHROME; /NOMONOCHROME
The /MONOCHROMEqualifier identifies the output device as a
monochromedevice; that is, the device displays shades of gray instead of
colors. RETOSinitializes the color map as a gray scale and converts RGB
color specifiers into appropriate gray values. The outputfile then contains
only the lightness componentofcolors.

2-8

Using RETOS

RETOS ignores the /MONOCHROMEqualifier if /NOCOLORSis in
effect; /NOCOLORSimplies that the output device is monochrome.
NOTE
RGB, standing for red, green, and blue, is a way to express
colors. RETOS converts RGB colors to HLScolors, so that
LJ250 colors match moreclosely with video colors.
The /NOMONOCHROMEqualifier identifies the output device as a color
device. RETOSinitializes the color map to the default color map (see
Table 3-5) and writes HLS colors to the outputfile.
|

2.4.8

/ORIENTATION=Ip
The /ORIENTATION=Ip qualifier selects either portrait mode (the x axis
is the horizontal axis) or landscape mode(the y axis is the horizontal
axis) as the page printing orientation. The variable [p is one of the two
keywords: LANDSCAPE or PORTRAIT. The default for supported devices
is /ORIENTATION=PORTRAIT. Figure 2-2 showsthe twoorientation
modes.

Using RETOS

2-9

Figure 2-2:

Page Printing Orientation

LANDSCAPE ORIENTATION
origin

Origin ————»
.

Vertical
direction (Y)

PORTRAIT
ORIENTATION
.—_—_

Vertical

direction (Y)
Horizontal direction (X)

Horizontal direction (X)
MLO- 1063-87

2.4.9

/OUTPUT=outputfile
The /OUTPUT=outputfile qualifier specifies the nameof the sixel graphics
output file. If you do not specify an output file name, the converter uses
the ReGIS (input) file name with a .SIX file type. If you want to place the
sixel (output) file in a directory other than the current directory, you must
specify the directory name in the /OUTPUTqualifier.

2.4.10

/RESOLUTION=(hres,vres)
The /RESOLUTION=(hres,vres) qualifier specifies the horizontal and vertical resolutions of the output device in dots/inch. Provide these resolutions
in decimalfractions. Normally, you do not need to change the resolution
settings. If you do change the settings, specify only a resolution supported
by the intended output device. The default is /RESOLUTION=(90,90).

2-10

Using RETOS

2.4.11

/REVERSE_VIDEO; /NOREVERSE—VIDEO
The /REVERSE_VIDEO qualifier dictates inversion of the lightness
componentof colors in the outputfile. An HLS color of H50 L70 S20
becomes H50 L30 $20. Subtract the lightness value (L70) from 100 to
calculate the /REVERSE_VIDEOlightness value (L30). This means that
a picture designed for a video terminal having a black background has
a white background when printed on white paper. If /NOCOLORSis
in effect, specifying /REVERSE_VIDEO reverses the background color
specified by /BACKGROUND;black becomes white and vice versa.
The /NOREVERSE_VIDEO qualifier specifies that the lightness component of colors not be inverted.
See Section 2.4.2 for the combined effect of this qualifier and the
/NOCOLORSqualifier.

NOTE
HLS stands for hue, lightness, and saturation. This is a method
of expressing colors in ReGIS and sixel graphics. For more

information, refer to Chapter 3, Table 3-4.

2.4.12 /SIZE=(width,height)
The /SIZE=(width, height) qualifier specifies the sixel graphics output page
width and height in inches. Provide the width and height in decimal
fractions, as =(8,10.5). The default is /SIZE=(8,10.5).
These margins do not include margins that output devices impose. For
example, the LJ250 imposes a 0.25” margin. For a paper size of 8.5” x
11”, the /SIZE qualifier for the LJ250 is =(8,10.5) or 8” x 10.5”. When you
select a destination with the /DEVICE qualifier, RETOS provides you with
the proper output page size.

2.5

Default Values
Section 2.5.1 lists RETOS’s device-dependent defaults. RETOS provides
you with default file types, discussed in Section 2.5.2, and initial default
qualifiers, explained in Section 2.5.3.

Using RETOS

2-11

2.5.1

Device-Dependent Parameters
RETOShasthe following device-dependent defaults:

2.5.2

Default coordinate system:

S(A[0,0][799,479])

Macrographstorage:

20,000 bytes

Position stack:

16 positions

Loadable alphabets:

Default text display size:

T(S[9,20])

Default text unit size:

T(U[8,20])

Default File Types
If you do not provide a file type for the ReGIS inputfile, the file type
defaults to .PIC. If you do not specify the sixel outputfile, the default
output file name is the input (ReGIS) file name with a .SIX file type
extention.
RETOSwrites the sixel graphics file to the current directory, unless you
include a directory name in the /OUTPUTqualifier.

2.5.3

Initial Default Values
Each time you invoke RETOS,the default output device type is the LJ250
printer. Other initial values determined by this default qualifier are as
follows:

/ORIENTATION=PORTRAIT
/SIZE=(8,10.5)
/RESOLUTION=(90,90)
/MARGIN=(0,0)
/COLORS=256
/BACKGROUND=WHITE
/REVERSE_VIDEO
/LEVEL=2
/GRID_UNITS=DECIPOINTS
/NOMONOCHROME
2-12

Using RETOS

2.5.4

Selecting Default Values
If you make another /DEVICE qualifier selection, some of the preceding
default values change. For values specific to the selected device, refer to
Tables 2-2 and 2-3. Other output devices supported by RETOSinclude
the following:
LA5O printers
LA75 printers
LA100 printers
LA210 printers
LNO3 printers
LNO3 PLUSprinters
VT240 terminals
VT241 terminals
VT330 terminals
VT340 terminals

2.6

Error Messages
RETOSprints an error message before exiting if any of the following
conditions occur:
RETOS cannot open the inputfile.
RETOS cannot open the outputfile.
An unexpected I/O error occurs.
The command syntax is invalid.
Followingis a list of error messages produced by RETOS with a suggested action for each error. The variable filename indicates that the error
message includes a file name.

Using RETOS

2-13

% RETOS-F-OPENFILE,

Error openingfile filename for input

Explanation. RETOS could not open the ReGIS sourcefile or a
fontfile.
User Action. Reenter the command with the nameof a source
file you can read or ensure that you can read the fontfiles in the
RETOS$FONTSdirectory.

% RETOS-F-CREATEFILE,

Errorcreatingfile filename

Explanation. RETOS could notcreate the sixel outputfile.
User Action. Reenter the command with a valid file name.

% RETOS-F-READFILE,

Error reading from file filename

Explanation. RETOS encountered an RMSerror whenit tried to
read from the ReGIS source file or from a fontfile.
User Action. Reenter the commandafter ensuring you can read
the file.

% RETOS-F-WRITEFILE,

Error writing to file filename

Explanation. RETOS encountered an RMSerror whenit tried to
write to the sixel outputfile.
User Action. Reenter the commandafter ensuring you can write
on thefile.

% RETOS-F-CLOSEFILE,

Error closing file filename

Explanation. RETOS encountered an RMSerror whenit tried to
close the sourcefile or output file or a fontfile.
User Action. If the outputfile is corrupted, reenter the command
after ensuring that you can write on thefile.

% RETOS-F-PARSEFILE,

Error parsing file namefilename

Explanation. RETOS encountered an RMSerror whenit tried to
parse the given file name.
User Action. Reenter the command with a valid file name.

2-14

Using RETOS

% RETOS-F-SEARCHFILE,

Error searching forfile filename

Explanation. RETOS encountered an RMSerror whenit tried to
search for the givenfile.
User Action. Reenter the command with a valid name.

% RETOS-F-—CONNECTFILE,

Error connecting to file filename

Explanation. RETOS encountered an RMSerror whenit tried to
connect to the record stream for the givenfile.
User Action. Reenter the commandafter ensuring that you can
access thefile.
% RETOS-F-BADFORMAT,

File filenameis in invalid format

Explanation. RETOS found a font file that was formatted
incorrectly.
User Action. Reinstall RETOS from the distribution medium.

% RETOS-F-VMERROR,

Errorallocating virtual memory

Explanation. RETOS encountered an error whenit called
LIBSGET_VM. Your pagesize is too large for the system
configuration.
User Action. Reenter the command with a lowerresolution or
a smaller page size, or contact the system managerfor a larger
page size quota. Refer to Section 2.8.2 for more information.
% RETOS-F-BARPARAM,

Commandqualifier value out of range

Explanation. A qualifier in the commandline has a valuethatis
too low ortoo high.
User Action. Reenter the commandwith valid qualifier values.
In addition, RETOS produces RMSerror messages and other standard
error messages providing further information about errors. RETOS does
not report ReGISerrors.

Using RETOS

2-15

2.7 Supported Output Devices
RETOS supports the following output devices: LJ250, LJ252, LN03

PLUS, LN03, LA75, LA50, LA210, and LA100 printers, and VT340,

VT330, VT241, and VT240 terminals. To obtain compatibility among

output devices, so that the same RETOS-converted sixel file can be
printed on more than one device type, choose a resolution and conformance level supported by the desired output devices. For example, use
/LEVEL=1 /RESOLUTION=(144,72), if you want the output file to be

compatible with the LA50 printer.

Selecting /DEVICE=LA50 in the RETOS commandline allows you to print
the output file on most printers except the LA100 and the LA210 printers.
If you use /DEVICE=LA100, the picture looks right on the LA100 and

LA210 printers.

2.7.1

LJ250 and LJ252 Printers
The LJ250 printer is a color ink jet printer. Output can be in 8 colors at
180 dots/inch or in 256 colors at 90 dots/inch (using half-toning). Other
resolutions that the device supports include:
e

256 colors — (90,90), (90,45)

8 colors — (180,180), (180,90), (180,72), (144,72), (90,36), (72,72),
(72,36), (36,36)

Specify the following qualifiers to obtain high resolution output:
/RESOLUTION=(180, 180) /COLORS=8
The LJ252 printer is the same as the LJ250 printer except that the LJ252
printer has a parallel communicationsinterface.
Whenprinting transparencies on the LJ250 or LJ252, leave an inch at the
top and bottom of the page. The printers cannot print the top inch of a
single-fed sheet. Use /SIZE=(8,9) to allow for a .25” margin on theleft
and right of the transparency and a 1” margin on the top and bottom of an
8” x 11” page. Use the /SIZE qualifier rather than the /MARGIN qualifier,
since the hardware imposes the margin.

2-16

Using RETOS

2.7.2

LNO3 PLUS and LNO3 Printers
The LN03 PLUS and LNO3printers are laser printers producing 300
dots/inch output. Files converted with the /DEVICE=LNO3 qualifier print
correctly on the LN03 PLUSprinter and vice versa. However, some high
resolution sixel files cause picture complexity errors on the LNO3printer,
so RETOSuses a default resolution of 100 dots/inch for the printer. Using
a lower resolution when printing on the LN03 PLUSprinter may also
improve performance.
RETOS output for LN03 PLUS emulation on the PRINTSERVER 40 print
systems and the LNO3R ScripTPRINTER is not supported. DIGITAL recommends that you use /PARAMETERS=(DATA_TYPE=REGIS) in the PRINT
commandline to print ReGIS files on these print systems.

2.7.3

LA75 Printers
In addition to the default resolution of (144,144), the LA75 printer supports the following resolutions: (180,72), (90,36), (144,72), and (36,36).
Notice that the horizontal resolution can be increased at the expense of
the vertical resolution.

2.7.4

LA50 Printers
The LA5O printer supports two resolutions: (144,72) and (180,72). Select
the appropriate resolution by setting a switch on the back of the printer.
RETOS uses a default resolution of (144,72). If your printer is set to the
2.5:1 aspect ratio mode, use /RESOLUTION=(180,72).

2.7.5

LA210 Letterprinters
The LA210 Letterprinter supports the following resolutions: (330,72),
(220,72), (165,72), (132,72), (110,72), (94,72), (83,72), and (74,72).

2.7.6

LA100 Printers
The LA100 printer supports only (132,72) resolution output.

Using RETOS

2-17

2.7.)

V1T340, VT330, VT241, VT240 Terminals
The VT340, VT330, VT241, and VT240 video terminals have various
physical resolutions. RETOS uses 100 dots/inch as the video terminal
horizontal resolution. For example, the VT340 has 800 horizontal pixels
and 480 vertical pixels; its resolution is (100,100) andits size is (8,4.8).
Normally, you display ReGIS files on these terminals without a RETOS
conversion, since these terminals support the ReGIS protocol.

2.8

Improving RETOS Performance
The following sections give hints on how to increase the speed of ReGISto-sixel conversion and how to avoid a system deadlock.

2.8.1.

Increasing Conversion Speed
RETOScan take several minutes to convert high resolution files (180
dots/inch on the LJ250, for example). You can use the following techniques to speed up conversion:
e

2.8.2

e
e

Reduce the output file resolution (use 90 dots/inch on the LJ250
instead of 180 dots/inch).
Increase the working set size for RETOSusers.
Run RETOSonlightly loaded systems or at non-peak hours.

Add more physical memory to your VAX system.

Avoiding VMS System Deadlock
RETOSruns as an unprivileged user process and should not, in theory,
create a VMS system deadlock. Depending on system parametersettings
and the size of the page file and swapfile, RETOS could allocate a bit map
so large that VMS goes into a deadlock. Using RETOSto convertfiles
with extremely high resolutions and unusually large page sizes can stop
the system. Using the /DEVICE qualifier for your output device does not
cause this problem; overriding these values can.

2-18

Using RETOS

Normally, if RETOS calls for too much memory, you receive an insufficient
virtual memory error message as follows:
% RETOS-F-VMERROR, Error allocating virtual memory

However, if the user’s pagefile quota (limit) and the VIRTUALPAGECNT
system generation parameter are too high compared to thesize of the
page file, then RETOS can allocate a bit map too large for the pagefile,
and the system stops. The page file quota limits the numberof pages that
your process can use in the system pagefile, which is shared byall system
processes.
If the bit map is too large for the system swap file, other processes cannot
create pages in the page file, and the system also deadlocks.
To calculate the virtual memory required for a RETOS bit map,
/DEVICE=LNO3PLUS, for example, do the following:
1.
2.

Multiply the x resolution by the y resolution (300 x 300).
Multiply by the x and y /SIZEs (300 x 300 x 8 x 10.25).

This is the numberof pixels in the bit map.
Divide by the numberof pixels in a byte (300 x 300 x 8 x 10.25/8).
Determine the pixels/byte as follows:
e
8 for /NOCOLORSor2 colors (LN03, for example)
e 4 for 3 or 4 colors (VT240, for example)
e
2 for 5 to 16 colors (VT340, for example)
e
1 for 17 to 256 colors (LJ250, for example)

This is the numberof bytes required for the bit map (922500 bytes).
Divide by 512 to determine the numberof pages in the bit map (300 x
300 x 8 x 10.25/8/512 or 1802 pages).

Each page requires oneblock in the pagefile.
Add 150 blocks (pages) required by RETOS.EXE and 300 pagesthat
RETOSallocates for fonts (1802 + 450 pages).

RETOS memory requirements for /DEVICE qualifiers should not cause
problems on most systems. For /DEVICE=LNO3PLUS, RETOS requires
approximately 2250 pages. Two thousand pages equal one megabyte.
For /DEVICE=LJ250, the RETOS default, the bit map is (90 x 90 x 8 x
10.5)/1 + (150 + 300) x 512 bytes, or about 1780 pages. However, if you
override the default qualifiers, with /DEVICE=LN03PLUS/COLORS=8for

Using RETOS

2-19

example, RETOS requires more than 7500 pages. If the pagefile is too
small, the system deadlocks.
To help prevent these deadlocks, ask your system managerto increase the
size of the page file or reduce the pagefile quotas (limits) of RETOS users.
With a lower pagefile quota, RETOSfails before it deadlocks the system.
Reducing the VIRTUALPAGECNTparameter in SYSGEN hasa similar
effect; it reduces the virtual memorythat can be allocated by any process
in the system.

2.9

RETOS Hints for DECgraph and DECslide
The following sections tell how to use selected RETOS qualifiers for better
results with DECgraph and DECslidefiles.

2.9.1

Creating Files for /NOCOLORS Devices
DECgraph and DECslide users must generate a monochrome file rather
than a color file to create a ReGIS file that can be converted by RETOS
for printing on /NOCOLORSprinters, such as the LN03 PLUS. You can
create a monochromefile interactively or by using a DCL command. Press
the |GOLD/M] or |PF1/M] key to create the required file while using DECgraph
or DECslide. DECgraph users can issue the following DCL commandline
to produce a monochromefile:
$ GRAPH/NOINTER/MONOCHROME graphics_file

With DECslide, use the following DCL command to produce a
monochromefile:
$ SLIDE/NOINTER/MONOCHROME slide_file

2-20

Using RETOS

2.9.2

Selecting Appropriate Backgrounds for Printing
By default, RETOS reverses the background color of files converted
for graphic printers. That is, RETOS changes the background from
black to white or from white to black. When you create drawings on
a screen with a black background, the default value provides the appropriate background for the output page. RETOSreverses the background
color to white. However, if your picture has a white background on the
screen, you must change the default value to avoid an unwanted black
background. Use the /NOREVERSE_VIDEO qualifier on the RETOS
commandline, as follows:

$ RETOS/DEVICE=printertype/NOREVERSE_VIDEO inputfile

2.10 RETOS Hints for DECpage
DECpage users can include RETOS output files in their documents intended for LNO3 and LN03 PLUSprinters. DECpage, Version 2.1, offers
three sizes of diagrams: small, large, and landscape. To produce diagrams
for these printers, select the appropriate RETOS command line when
converting your DECpagefiles:
e

For a small diagram:
$ RETOS filename/DEVICE=LNO3_PLUS/SIZE=(3, 2)

For a large diagram:
$ RETOS filename/DEVICE=LNO3_PLUS/SIZE=(5,3.2)

For a landscape diagram:
$ RETOS filename/DEVICE=LNO3_PLUS/SIZE=(7.6,4.9)

Do not use the /ORIENTATION=LANDSCAPEqualifier when producing
a landscape diagram, because DECpagerotates the picture.
NOTE
Normally, the LANDSCAPEgraphic size is (7.5,4.8), but
because of a DECpage bug, you must use /SIZE=(7.6,4.9).

Using RETOS

2-21

Chapter 3

ReGIS Graphics
ReGIS (Remote Graphics Instruction Set) is a DIGITAL-developed graphics
protocol. This chapter describes the ReGIS display structure, the ReGIS
commandstructure, ReGIS commands supported by RETOS, and ReGIS
commands not supported by RETOS. This chapter also gives information
about the RETOS environment, including the converter’s handling of

ANSI text and escape sequences, screen addressing, color mapping,
compatibility with other ReGIS devices, and examples of the ReGIS to
sixel graphics conversion.
NOTE
RETOS supports VT240/241 and VT330/340 ReGIS. For

complete information about VT240/241 ReGIS, see the VT240

Series Programmer Reference Manual. For more information on
VT330/340 ReGIS, see the VT330/340 Programmer Reference
Manual.

3.1

ReGilS Definition
ReGIS is a set of internal commands used by subroutines to draw pictures
and plot data. It works by treating an image as a group of graphic objects.
Each graphic object is a standard geometric form: dot, line, curve,circle,
and arc. ReGIS lets you describe each form with a few commands. ReGIS
also allows you tocreatetext.
ReGIS commandsare encoded as ASCII character strings. The ReGIS
interpreter processes the ReGIS data serially, which allows the commands
to be transmitted across serial communicationslines. In general, a ReGIS
string consists of a commandkeyletter followed by arguments.
ReGIS Graphics

3-1

ReGIS is a graphics descriptor protocol rather than a programming language. It has no algorithmic structure or arithmetic functions. However,
high-level programming languages can use ReGISstrings to generate
graphic images. Languages such as BASIC, FORTRAN,and Pascal can use
ReGIS strings in PRINT or WRITE statements.

3.2

ReGIS Display Structure
RETOSuses a default coordinate system of 800 horizontal by 480 vertical
logical units (for compatibility with the VT240/241 and VT330/340
terminals). RETOSscales these units to map them to the physical pixels
in the output device. Depending on your choice of coordinate system and
the resolution of the output device, several logical coordinates may map to
one physical pixel. Conversely, two adjacent logical coordinates may map
to two nonadjacent physical pixels.
Coordinate units in ReGIS commandsrefer to the logical coordinate
system. Most ReGIS commands use X/Y coordinates to specify where to
move or where to draw an image. Some commandscan usepixel vectors,
an alternative way of specifying a position in the image.

3.2.1

[X,Y] Coordinate System
The ReGIS coordinate system lets you access each logical pixel by using an
X/Y coordinate value for the specific pixel. The X coordinate specifies the
horizontal position value. The Y coordinate specifies the vertical position
value. The pixel is located at the intersection of the X and Y values.
The upperleft corner of the image, knownastheorigin, is location [0,0].
The ReGIS current position is initially [0,0]. The default X coordinates
range from 0 (the left edge) to 799 (the right edge). Default Y coordinates
range from 0 (the top) to 479.
Coordinates in ReGIS commands must be enclosed in brackets. The X

coordinate must be first. X and Y coordinates must be separated by a

comma.

You need not specify X and Y valuesin all cases. In fact, you have to
specify an X or Y value only whenthat value is different from the current
value. If you want to change only the X value, you specify only the new
X value. ReGIS recognizes [X] as meaning the Y value is unchanged.If
you want to change only the Y value, use a commabefore the new Y
value in the brackets. ReGIS recognizes [,Y] as meaning the X value is
3-2

ReGIS Graphics

unchanged. The commaidentifies the numeric coordinate value as a Y
value; no commaidentifies a single numeric value as an X coordinate

You specify coordinate values by using the numeric values assigned to the
display addressing, whether that addressing is done at the default value or
in embedded decimal or exponential values. (See the display addressing
option to the Screen Control commandin Section 3.4.)
Coordinate values can be absolute, which refers to a numerically specific
point; relative, which refers to a point as it relates to the current position;
or a combination of the two. You can also use a null position, [ ] or
[+0,+0], which does not change the current position. The following list
shows some examples of coordinate values:

3.2.2

Coordinate

Meaning

[10,86]

Absolute values for X and Y

[52]

Absolute value for X with Y unchanged

[,121]

Absolute value for Y with X unchanged

[+10,100]

Relative value for X, absolute value for Y

[+15,-10]

Relative values for X and Y

[100,-25]

Absolute value for X, relative value for Y

[6.25,10.4]

Absolute embedded decimal values for X and Y

[.1E3,1000E-2]

Absolute exponential values for X and Y

[] or [+0,+0]

Current values for X and Y unchanged

Pixel Vector System
Several ReGIS commands can use pixel vectors (PVs). The PV system
provides for relative positioning or movement from onelogical pixel to
another.
The size of each logical pixel is determined by the screen addressing
command S(A), which determines the extent and orientation of the image
area. The default values are S5(A[0,0][799,479]); this makes each logical
pixel 1/800 of the image width. For example, if the screen addressing
range were changed to S(A[0,0][499,499]), each logical pixel would be
1/500 of the image height or width.

ReGIS Graphics

3-3

As Figure 3-1 shows, PV movementcan occurin eight different directions,
each direction at 45-degree intervals. Each direction has an assigned
number. If you specify the numberassociated with the direction desired,
drawing or moving occurs in that direction in proportion to the numberof
times the PV value is specified.
Figure 3-1:

Pixel VectorDirections

7
MLO-367-86

3.2.3

Pixel Vector Multiplier
In some PV applications, entering all of the required PV valuesis tedious.
In such cases, you can use a PV multiplier commandto simplify the task.
The PV multiplier command lets you specify a multiplication value for
each PV entered in a command. For example, if you specify a multiplication value of 10, then each PV entered in later commands will cause

moving or drawing for 10 logical pixels, not just 1.

Figure 3-2 shows an image drawn by using PV multiplication. In this
figure, a Write command (W)sets a PV multiplication factor of 100
(M100). The image is then drawn by Vector commands(V), with each
specified PV value multiplied by 100, providing the Vector commandsfor
drawing thefigure.

3-4

ReGiS Graphics

Figure 3-2:

Pixel Vector Multiplication Example

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

799

_
|

100

200

400

479 om
NOTE:
THE CURRENT POSITION AT START OF
COMMAND WAS(400,100); THE CURRENT
POSITION AT THE END OF THE COMMAND IS
(400,400).
COMMANDS
W(M100)
V642446064600206
MLO-368-86

3.3

ReGIS Command Structure
The ReGIS data stream consists of standard ASCII characters, including

letters, numbers 0 through 9, the at character (@), the space, and the
following punctuation characters: semicolon (;); colon (:); decimal point

(.); quotation marks, both single (’) and double (”); parentheses (( ));
brackets ([ ]); and comma(,). In quoted strings, ReGIS also accepts the
following control characters: carriage return, backspace, linefeed, and
horizontal tab.

ReGIS Graphics

3-5

Because the ReGIS interpreter processes ReGIS data serially, the order of
the characters and the punctuation required to identify arguments, options,
and suboptionsare vital to accurate ReGIS processing. Except in quoted
strings, ReGIS treats uppercase and lowercase letters the same. In general,
a ReGIS string consists of a commandkeyletter followed by arguments.
ReGIS ignores inappropriate ReGIS commands and punctuation. RETOS
ignores ReGIS commandsthat it does not support, as well as escape
sequences, control sequences, device control sequence introducers, and
unrecognized control characters. See Section 3.5 for the Report command
and Screen Control commandoptions not supported by RETOS.
3.3.1

ReGIS Commands
ReGIS has nine command types, which are represented by command
keyletters. In addition, the macrograph (@) and resynchronization(;)
characters affect the processing in a manner similar to the command
keyletters. The macrograph character temporarily passes control from
the current command to a macrograph. The semicolon terminates the
current command. Table 3-1 briefly describes the commandtypes, the
macrograph, and the resynchronization character.
Table 3—1:

3-6

ReGlS Graphics

ReGIS Command Summary

Command
Keyletter

ReGIS Command

Description

Screen Control

Specifies screen controls, such as erasing
the image.

Position

Positions the graphics cursor without
performing any writing.

Write Control

Vector

Drawsvectors (straight lines) between
specified coordinate locations.

Curve

Drawscircles, arcs, and curves, using coor-

Polygon Fill

Fills in single closed figures, such ascircles
and squares.

Specifies writing controls, such as writing

patterns.

dinate locations specified in the command.

Table 3-1 (Cont.):

ReGIS Command Summary

Command

Keyletter

ReGIS Command

Description

Text

Controls display of graphics text strings
and lets you specify characters to display.

Load

Controls definition and loading of alternate
characters that you can display by using
the text command.

Report

Reports information, such as active position
and error codes.
RETOS does not support the Report
command.

Macrograph

Defines a commandstring as a macrograph. You use macrographsto store
and recall other ReGIS commandstrings.
Macrographslet you store a complex figure
that you may use more than oncein a
graphic image andselect that figure with a
single command.

Resynchronization

The semicolon serves as a resynchronization character for ReGIS command
strings.

ReGIS commandkeyletters require no punctuation. When the ReGIS
interpreter encounters a commandkeyletter, it assumes that all subsequent
data is an argument to the command. Theinterpreter continues to process
all data relative to the commandcurrently in effect, until it encounters one
of the following:
e

Anew commandkeyletter

Asemicolon, which is the resynchronization character that terminates

the current command whether completed or not

ReGIS Graphics

3-7

3.3.2

ReGlS Command Arguments
ReGIS commands can have four types of arguments:
e

Bracketed extents

¢
e
e

Quoted strings
Digit strings
Options (parenthesized extents)

Not all argument types apply to each command. Each argument type
has punctuation that identifies it in the ReGIS stream. Using the proper
punctuation is vital to accurate processing. The following sections describe
each argument type and its accompanying punctuation.
3.3.2.1

Bracketed Extents

A bracketed extent is numeric data enclosed in brackets ([]). In ReGIS,
brackets enclose the following types of numeric values:
¢
e

Coordinate position values
Height and width values

Coordinate position values serve as arguments to commands, options, and
suboptions. The values can represent an absolute value, a relative value,
or a combination of the two.

Height and width values are arguments to Text and Load commands and
representrelative displacement values for Text options.
3.3.2.2

Quo ted Strings
Quoted strings can be anyseries of ASCII characters enclosed in quotation
marks. ReGIS treats all characters in quotedstrings asliterals, including
punctuation that normally functions as part of ReGIS syntax (semicolon
and brackets, for example) and macrographs (@). Quotedstrings can be
any of the following:
¢
e

3-8

ReGiS Graphics

Text characters to process for display on the screen during Text
commandactivity
A printable character to use for shading

e
e

A namegiven to a character set selected by a Text command
A single ASCII character used as a call letter for Load command load
cell arguments

In all cases, you can use double (") or single quotation marks (’); however, you must use matched pairs. Thefirst quotation mark defines the
start of the argument, while the second defines the end. If you begin a
text string with a double quotation mark, ReGIS does not recognize a
single quotation mark as the end of the argument but continues processing
all data as a quotedstring until it encounters a double quotation mark.
If you need to use quotation marks inside a quotedstring, use the type
not currently used as the delimiter. For example, ReGIS recognizes single
quotation marks asa literal when they occur in a quotedstring delimited
by double quotation marks. To include literal that is the same type of
quotation mark as the delimiter, you can enter the character twice with no
intervening spaces. The following examplesclarify how ReGIS interprets
quotes.

"A"
ut
nen
Tat'¢C!
yee
"Ar NBS
"" or |!

refers to the
refers to the
refers to the
refers to the
refers to the
refers to the
refers to the

string A
string "
string '
string a'C
string '
string A'"B
empty string

While commas do not have explicit meaning in ReGIS syntax, they
determine how arguments are interpreted. For example, ReGIS interprets
consecutive string arguments ‘ABC’'DEF'’as a single text string ABC’DEF.
However, ReGIS interprets 'ABC’,/DEF’ as ABCDEF.

3.3.2.3

Digit Strings
Numeric values not enclosed in brackets or quotation marks are digit
strings. Most often these are pixel vectors, explained in Section 3.2.2.
Digit strings that are not pixel vectors represent numeric values that may
be signed. Mostof these are forced to the nearest integer before use.

ReGIS Graphics

3-9

3.3.2.4

Options
Options are arguments that modify the action of the command keyletter. Parentheses define the boundaries of options and suboptions. The
left parenthesis “(” defines the beginning of the option, suboption, or
argument; the right parenthesis “)” defines the end.
ReGIS considers any letter not enclosed by parentheses, quotation marks,
or brackets to be a commandkeyletter. Parentheses define the enclosed
information as an option. ReGIS processes options in much the same way
as it processes command keyletters. Once an option is introduced by a
left parenthesis, ReGIS processes all subsequent data as arguments to that
option until ReGIS receives a closing parenthesis.
Therefore, you must enclose suboptions with additional sets of parenthe-

ses. Otherwise, ReGIS assumes that the suboption is an option andtries
to process it as such.
The following examples show ReGIS commandsthat use parentheses:
e

S(E) — Erase option to the Screen Control command.

W(I0,P3) — Foreground intensity and pattern select options to the

Write Control command. The 0 and 3 are argumentsto the options,

which are separated by a comma.
e

P(W(M100)) — Pixel vector (PV) multiplication temporary write

option to the Position command. It uses the Write Control command
as an option and the PV multiplication option of the Write Control
command as a suboption.
V(W(I(R))) — Temporary write option affecting the value of the
foreground intensity to be used by a Vector command.It uses the
Write commandas an option. The foregroundintensity option to
the Write Control command is a suboption to the Vector command.
The (R) argument to the I suboption is enclosed in a third set of
parentheses, since this argumentis letter value.

As these examples show, you must use matching parentheses to control
the levels of nesting of options and suboptions. The command V(W(I(R)))
demonstrates this. The first parenthesis defines the start of option values. The second parenthesis defines the start of suboption values. The
third parenthesis defines the start of sub-suboption values. The fourth
parenthesis defines the end of sub-suboption values. Thefifth parenthesis
defines the end of suboption values. The sixth parenthesis defines the end
of option values.

3-10

ReGiS Graphics

3.3.3

3.3.3.1

Punctuation Significant to ReGIS Syntax

Commas and Spaces

Commasseparate position values in bracketed extents; commas and spaces
separate option values in ReGIS commands. In most other cases, commas
and spaces merely increase readability. However, in two cases besides
bracketed extents, commasare necessary for correct processing. You
need commas to separate two or more quoted strings, as ReGIS interprets

consecutive quotation marksasa literal.

Another case involves any commandidentified by an E (such as a screen
erase). If the E follows a numeric value, ReGIS interprets it as an exponential value, unless you insert a comma between the numeric value and
the E commandletter.
Commasandspacesare not part of a graphic image, unless specified in a
quotedstring.
|
3.3.3.2

Semicolon

ReGIS recognizes a semicolon ( ; ) as a commandfor resynchronization.
A semicolon in a commandstring causes ReGIS instructions to resynchronize to the top-level commandstate. For example, you would use the
semicolon between commandstrings when transmission errors may be
occurring. The semicolon cannotfix a garbled message, but it may reduce
the effect of a single transmission error. You may wantto include a semicolon at selected intervals. You should use a semicolon at the end of a
Load command. The semicolon is not recognized as a resynchronization
character when included in a quoted text string or when usedas part of
the Macrograph commandsyntax.
3.3.4

Control Characters
ReGIS recognizes four control characters only when used in a quoted
string: carriage return (CR), linefeed (LF), backspace (BS), and horizontal
tabs (HT). Because ReGIS ignores all control characters not in a quoted
string, you can use linefeeds and carriage returns to define how command
strings are displayed or printed. This makes your commandstrings easier
to read without affecting the image.
ReGIS Graphics

3-11

3.3.5

ReGiS Default Values Summary
ReGIS commandshave default values that apply when you invoke the
converter. When you changethese values, the new values remain in effect
until you redefine them or exit from the converter. Table 3-2 summarizes ReGIS default values. The specified RETOS commandqualifiers
determine the default values; the default values in Table 3-2 are based
on /DEVICE=LJ250. See Chapter 2 for a description of the effect of each
RETOS commandqualifier.
NOTE
Since /REVERSE_VIDEO isin effect for the LJ250 printer, the

converter maps Lightness in reverse order. Lightness 100%is

printed as black. Lightness 0%is printed as white.
Table 3-2:
Command

Default Command

Screen

S(A[0,0] [799,479])

Control

Screen

Control

Screen

Control

Write

Control
Write

Control

3-12

ReGIS Default Values

ReGlS Graphics

S(M0(HOL0S0)1(HOL50H60)
2(H120L46S72)3(H240L50S60)
4(H60L50S60)5(H300L50S60)
6(H180L50S60)7(L53)8(L26)
9(H0L46S29)10(H120L43S39)
11(H240L46S29)12(H60L46S29)
13(H300L46S29)
14(H180L46S29)15(L80))
S(10)

W(P1)
W(P(M2))

Default Description
Defines the screen as having
coordinate values of [0,0]
for upperleft corner and
[799,479] for lower right
corner.
Output map values are

black for MO,
blue for M1,
red for M2,

green for M3,etc.
See Table 3-5.

Output map location 0 is
used for backgroundintensity
value, with white background
(default value for MO).
Solid line selected for writing

pattern.

Pattern multiplication factor
of 2.

Table 3—2 (Cont.):

ReGIS Default Values

Command

Default Command

Default Description

Write
Control

W(M1)

Pixel vector (PV) multiplication factor of 1.

Write
Control

W(NO)

Negative pattern control
disabled.

Write
Control

W(I3)

Output map location 3
selected for write tasks. This
results in green, since this is
the default translator value
for M3.

Write
Control

W(V)

Overlay writing in effect.

Write
Control

W(S0)

Shading disabled.

Text

T(AO)

Character set containing
standard DEC Multinational
characters is selected for text
processing.

Text

T(A0(L”( B”))

Load ASCII into the left half
of the alphabet 0 codetable.

Text

T(A0(R’(<”))

Load DEC Supplemental
(right half of DEC
Multinational) into the right
half of the alphabet 0 code
table.

Text

T(S1)

Standard charactercell size 1
is selected for text processing.

Text

T(S[9,20])

Display cell size associated
with standard charactercell

Text

T(U[8,20}])

Text

T[+9,+0]

size 1.

Unit cell size associated with
standard charactercell size 1.
Character escapement associ-

ated with standard character
cell size 1.

ReGIS Graphics

3-13

Table 3-2 (Cont.):

3.3.6

ReGIS Default Values

Command

Default Command

Default Description

Text

T(H2)

Height multiplication factor of
2.

Text

T(DO S1 DO)

String and charactertilt
disabled.

Text

T(10)

Italics disabled.

Load

L(A1)

Alphabet 1 selected for
loading.

Conventions Used in ReGIS Commands
The following conventions apply to the explanations of ReGIS commands:

Angle brackets ( < > ) indicate that you can select different values.
The <values> in the brackets define the type of information you
can use, but the brackets are not part of ReGIS syntax.
[X,Y] indicates you can select coordinate position values. The brackets
are part of the ReGIS syntax. X and Y are variables for a coordinate
position. This position can have both X and Y values, just an X value,
or just the Y value. (See Section 3.2.1.)
This manual uses uppercase letters for clarity. However, you can use
either uppercase or lowercaseletters with ReGIS commands. Except
in quoted strings, ReGIS treats both cases the same.

3.3.7

Conventions Used in ReGIS Examples
The following conventions apply to the examples in this chapter:

Examples of the Vector and Curve commandsshowtheposition of the
cursor. This is for information only; the cursor does not appear when
the example is converted from ReGIS to sixel graphics and printed.
Examples of shaded figures show the shading when the examples
are converted from ReGISto sixel graphics and printed. This is the
reverse of how figures are shaded whenthey are displayed on the
screen.

3-14

ReGIS Graphics

3.4

ReGIS Commands Supported by RETOS
The ReGISto sixel graphics converter, RETOS, supports the following

ReGIS commands:
e

Screen Control

Position

Write Control

Vector

Curve

Polygon Fill

Text

Load

Macrograph

See Section 3.5 for ReGIS commands that RETOS does not support.

ReGIS Graphics

3-15

Screen Control

Screen Control
Screen Control command arguments either set parameters and attributes
for the whole image or execute actions affecting the whole image. RETOS
supports five Screen Control command arguments:
e
e

Display addressing
Background intensity

e
e
°

Output mapping
Screen erase
Page eject

Refer to Section 3.5 for unsupported Screen Control commands.

Format

option

Command Arguments
(A[X,Y][X, Y])

Description
Display Addressing

(I(...)) or (I <n> )
(M <n> (...))
(E)

Background intensity select
Output mapping
Erase (used with | to set background)

(F)

Page eject option

Command Arguments
(A[X, Y][X, Y])
The display address option defines the addressable extent of the image
area. This lets you run ReGIS code written for ReGIS devices with
different address ranges, without having to convert the coordinates.
The first pair of bracketed extents indicates the coordinate values for the
upperleft corner. The second pair indicates the coordinate values for the
lowerright corner. If either position specifier is missing, ReGIS ignores
the command.

3-16

ReGiS Graphics

Screen Control
The default coordinate system is [0,0] for the upper left corner and
[799,479] for the lower right for compatibility with the VT240. This
means that RETOSscales pictures so that 800 logical units correspond
horizontally to 720 or 1440 pixels in the outputfile for /DEVICE=LJ250.
However, if you design a picture for display on the LJ250 printer and a
one-to-one correspondence betweena logical unit and a pixel is important, then begin yourfile with the following Screen Control command
arguments:
e
e

S(A[0,0][719,944]) for low resolution (90 dots/inch)
S(A[0,0][1439,1889]) for high resolution (180 dots/inch)

You can use exponential numbers as well as decimal numbering. Theratio
of the defined area should be asclose as possible to the aspect ratio of the
presentation area.
In mapping a specified display addressing into the image area, ReGIS
maintains the picture aspect ratio. Squares are always square, and angles
are correctly drawn, regardless of the addressing parameters.
Figure 3-3 showstheeffective address range when default values are in
place.
Negative addresses are valid, although they may not be addresseddirectly.
You cannot specify an absolute negative address. However, you can
specify a relative value that results in a negative address; the negative
addressis valid, provided it does not exceed the address range. If it
exceeds the address range, wraparound mayoccur.

ReGIS Graphics

3-17

Screen Control

Figure 3-3:

Effective Default Address Range

-800,-480

-1,-480 0,-480

799,-480| 800,-480

-800,-1

-1,-1].0,-1

799,-1|800,-1

1599,-1

-800,0

-1,0 {0,0

799,0

1599,0

|800,0

1599,-480

(ACTUAL
IMAGE
AREA)
-800,479

-1,4791 0,479

799,479} 800,479

1599,479

-800,480

-1,480] 0,480

799,480} 800,480

1599, 480

-800,959

-1,959} 0,959

799,959 800,959

1599,959
MLO-369-—86

There is no restriction on the relative values of the left, right, top, and
bottom margins. If the right margin valueis less than the left margin
value, the X coordinate increases to the left instead of to the right, as
it would in the default coordinate value system. If the bottom margin
value is less than the top margin value, the Y coordinate increases upward
instead of downward.
NOTE
Pixel vector (PV) magnitude values depend onthe display addressing values and the PV multiplier. However, PV directions
are independent of addressing orientation. For example, 0 is
alwaysto the right.
RETOSusesthe screen addressing in effect at the end of the ReGISfile to
determine whatpart of the page to write to the outputfile. If you changed
the screen addressing during your drawing, part of the picture may be
outside the final addressable area and will not appear in the outputfile.

3-18

ReGiS Graphics

Screen Control
(l<n> )
(l(RGB))

(WH <n> L <n> S <n} ))

The backgroundintensity option lets you select the shade of the background color. Used alone, this command does not change the appearance
of the image. It sets up the color to be used in (1) screen erase and (2)
replace and erase writing modes. You can use two methodsfor this
selection:
¢

Provide an RGB or HLSspecifier value

Provide the output map location number (0 to 15), which selects the
shade stored in that location

The first method explicitly selects a color. Use this method when portability to other ReGIS devices is a consideration.
The second methodselects the intensity stored in a specific output map
location. This method is provided for compatibility for devices with
limited output maps.
The RGB (red/green/blue) specifier system in Table 3-3 uses a single
letter to specify any oneof eight different colors or shades:
Table 3-3:

RGB Color Specifier System
HLS Equivalent

RGB
Specifier

D
R

Color

Dark (black)

120

100

Red

240

100

Green

100

Blue

300

100

Cyan
(a secondary color made from
an equal mixture of blue and
green)

180

100

Yellow
(a secondary color made from
an equal mixture of red and
green)

ReGIS Graphics

3-19

Screen Control
Table 3-3 (Cont.):

RGB Color Specifier System
HLS Equivalent

RGB
Specifier

Color

100

Magenta
(a secondary color made from
an equal mixture of red and
blue)

100

White

If your output device is /MONOCHROME,such as the VT240, RETOS
converts the RGB color specifiers to appropriate gray values. If your
device is /NOCOLORor black and white, such as the LN03, RETOS

sends a 1 to the outputfile for all colors except the background color. The
background color becomesa 0, and therefore no color information reaches
the sixel graphics outputfile.
The HLS (hue/lightness/saturation) specifier system provides morecolors.
It uses different values of hue (H), lightness (L), and saturation (S). RETOS
passes HLS colors unchanged to the outputfile. Table 4 lists HLS colors
and shades, along with the H, L, and S values corresponding to each
shade.

Table 3-4:

HLS Color Specifier System

Color

Aquamarine
Aquamarine, medium
Black (dark)

Blue

3-20

260

280

100

Blue, cadet

300

Blue, cornflower

Blue, dark slate

Blue, light

300

Blue, light steel

Blue, medium

Blue, medium slate

100

ReGiS Graphics

Screen Control
Table 3-4 (Cont.):

HLS Color Specifier System

Color

Blue, midnight

Blue, navy

Blue, sky

320

Blue, slate

330

100

Blue, steel

320

Coral

150

100

Cyan

300

100

Firebrick

120

Gold

150

Goldenrod

180

Goldenrod, medium

180

Green

240

100

Green, dark

240

Green, dark olive

180

Green, forest

240

Green, lime

240

Green, medium forest

200

Green, medium sea

240

Green, medium spring

210

100

Green, pale

240

Green, sea

280

Green, spring

270

100

Green, yellow

200

Gray, darkslate

300

Gray, dim

Gray, light

Khaki

180

100

Magenta

100

Maroon

ReGIS Graphics

3-21

Screen Control
Table 3—4 (Cont.):

HLS Color Specifier System

Color

Orange

120

Orchid

Orchid, dark

Orchid, medium

Pink

120

Plum

Red

120

100

Red, indian

120

Red, medium violet

100

Red, orange

100

Red, violet

Salmon

120

—

Sienna

160

Tan

140

Thistle

Turquoise

300

Turquoise, dark

340

Turquoise, medium

300

Violet

Violet, blue

Wheat

180

White

Yellow

180

100

Yellow, green

220

NOTE
The color names are only rough approximationsof the specific
shades. The actual appearance of each color depends on the
output device.

3-22

ReGlS Graphics

Screen Control
(M <n> (L <n> ))
(M <n> ( <RGB> ))
(M <n> (H <n> L <n> S <n> ))
The output mapping option lets you change the values in the entries of the
output map. The output mapfor this converter has 16 entries. Each entry
stores a color value. This option is provided for compatibility with devices
that provide an output map. RETOS chooses HLSvalues for each color so
that the LJ250 output matches terminal colors as closely as possible.
Output map locations are numbered 0 through 15. The default values for
the 16 color entries are listed in Table 3-5.
Table 3-5:

Default Color Output Map Values

Output Map
Entry

Default
Converter Value

HLS Value
L

Black

Blue

Red

120

Green

240

Magenta

Cyan

300

Yellow

180

Gray 50%

Gray 25%

Pale blue

Pale red

120

Pale green

240

Pale magenta

Pale cyan

300

Pale yellow

180

Gray 75%

Although the LJ250 printer supports up to 256 colors, the ReGIS color
map provides only 16 entries. When an S(I( <his> )) or W(I( <hls> ))
command requests a color not in the color map, and the /COLORS
qualifier value is greater than 16, RETOSusesthefirst available color
ReGIS Graphics

3-23

Screen Control
map entry above15 so that it can specify the exact color requested in the
output file. If no unused color mapentries exist or if the output device
supports 16 or fewer colors, RETOS approximates the requested color with
the closest color already in the color map.
When youselect a device with the /MONOCHROMEqualifier, RETOS
initializes the color map as a gray scale and writes only the lightness componentof colors to the output file. With the /NOMONOCHROMEqualifier, RETOS initializes the color map with entries as shown in Table 3-5

and writes full HLS colors to the outputfile.

With the /NOCOLOR qualifier, RETOS produces black and white rather
than colored sixels. The converter writes a 0 to the outputfile for pixels
drawnin the background color and a 1 for pixels drawn in any other
color. The output file contains no color information. Devices such as the
LN03 PLUS and LA75 printers require the /NOCOLORqualifier.
Command Structure for Changing Value
Follow these steps to change the value of an output maplocation:
1.
2.

Specify the output maplocation: 0 to 15.
Specify a new color value. Useeither a single letter of the RGB color
specifier system (see Table 3-3) or the hue, lightness, and saturation
values of the HLS color specifier system (see Table 3-4).

The following example shows the command syntax to change an output
map’s value:
S (M1 (L25) 2(L99) 3 (L560) )

(E)

The screen erase option lets you erase the screen bysetting the whole
screen to the display background color. This option does not change
either the current position or the values in the output map.
To change the background color, combine the screen erase option with the
backgroundintensity option.
RETOS does not interpret the screen erase option to meanthat a page
should beprinted.

(F)

The page eject option prints the current image. An implied S(E) command
occurs after each S(F) command.

3-24

ReGIS Graphics

Screen Control
The end of a file implies an S(F) command; however, an S(F) command
at the end of a file does not produce a blank page. Successive S(F)
commandsdo not eject blank pages.

3.4.1

Screen Control Command Summary
Table 3-6 summarizes the Screen Control command arguments that
RETOSsupports, including default values associated with the arguments
(assuming /DEVICE=LJ250 is in effect).
Table 3-6:

Screen Control Command Summary

Argument

Default

Description

(A[X,Y][X,Y]})

[0,0][799,479]

Display addressing. Lets you
define addressing at a different
size or orientation than the default.

(I <n> )

(10)

One of three background intensity
select options.

(M <n> (HLS))

0(HOLOSO)
1(HOL50S60)
2(H120L46572)
3(H240L50S60)
4(H60L50S60)
5(H300L50S60)
6(H180L50S60)
7(HOL53S0)
8(HOL26S0)
9(H0L46829)
10(H120L43539)
11(H240L46829)
12(H60L46S29)
13(H300L46529)
14(H180L46829)
15(HOL80S0)

Output mapping option for changing color values. You can change
any orall values in a given option.
Defines the color value to store
in selected <n> output map
location.

(E)

None

Screen erase option. Rewrites the
whole image at current background
intensity.

(F)

None

Page eject option. Prints the
current image.

ReGIS Graphics

3-25

Position

Position
Position commandslet you select a new current position without writing.
The three basic command argumentsare as follows:

Format

e
e
e

Coordinate or pixel vector arguments
Position stack options
Temporary write control option

option

Command Arguments

Description

[X,Y]
<PV>
(B)
(S)

Position argument
Position argument, using PV values
Begin bounded sequence option
Begin unbounded sequence option

(E)
(W(M <n> ))

End of sequence option
Temporary write control option

Command Arguments
[X,Y]

<PV>
These arguments let you select a current position before performing other
ReGIS functions. You can use four types of positioning:
e
e

Absolute
Relative

e
e

Absolute/relative
=6PV offset

Absolute positioning uses absolute X and Y coordinate values to define a
new current position. You can specify absolute positioning in three ways:

3-26

e
e

Specify new X and Y coordinates
Specify only a new X coordinate (with the Y coordinate unchanged)

Specify only a new Y coordinate (with the X coordinate unchanged)

ReGlS Graphics

Position
The three formats for the absolute positioning argumentare as follows:
P[X,Y]
P(X]
P[,Y]

NOTE
Position commands do not cause drawing. The lines in the
diagrams represent only the movementthat occurs.
Relative positioning uses negative and positive values to define a new
current position relative to its current position. You can specify relative
positioning in three ways:
e
e
e

§©Specify relative positioning on both X and Y axes
Specify relative positioning on the X axis only
Specify relative positioning on the Y axis only

Relative position values always start with a plus (+) or minus (—) sign. A
positive value is added to the value of the current position coordinate to

be affected; the resulting value becomes the absolute value of the new

location. A negative value is subtracted to arrive at the new absolute
value. However, the direction of change depends on thescreen addressing
orientation.
Therelative positioning argument can take the following eight forms:
P[+X,+Y]
P{+X,-Y]
P[-X,+Y]
P(-X,-Y]

P[+X]

P[-X]
P[,+Y]

P[,-Y]

You can define a new current position with a combination of absolute
and relative X and Y coordinate values. This combination of Position
commandvalues can take two basic forms:

An absolute X value with a relative Y value

§6A relative X value with an absolute Y value
ReGIS Graphics

3-27

Position
The pixel vector (PV) positioning form of the Position command uses PV
values to define a new current position. PV movesarerelative to the old
current position.
PV movesusethe current PV multiplication factor. If you want a different
multiplication factor, you can use a Write Control commandto change the
current PV multiplication or a PV multiplication temporary write control
option. The value defined by the temporary write control option is in
effect only until you use a new keyletter (including a new P command
keyletter) or another temporary write control option.
The format for the PV positioning argumentis as follows:
P<pv value>

The format for the PV multiplication temporary write control option is as
follows:
P(W(M<multiplication value>))<pv value>

Figure 3-4 showsthe directions associated with each of the PV offset
numeric values (0 through 7).
Figure 3-4:

Pixel Vector Direction Values
+135"

+90°

-225

+180°

-135°

-315°

:
5

+225°

+45°

-270°
f

—> 0°

+270"

+315°

-45°

“90

MLO-370-86

3-28

ReGlS Graphics

Position
(B)

Both bounded and unbounded sequenceslet you group sets of position
specifiers into position blocks that are processed as units. Both consist of
either a begin bounded(B) or begin unbounded (S) option and an end
(E) option. Usually, other commands, such as Vector (V) or Curve (C)
commands, are embedded between the sequence begin and end options.
As such, these sequences are useful for such ReGIS tasks as polygon
definition and shading. The format for a bounded sequenceis as follows:
P(B)<embedded command>(E)

A bounded sequence returns the current position to a specific starting
point at the end of the sequence.
A bounded sequenceconsists of a minimum of one begin (B) option and
one end (E) option. You should repeat the Position command keyletter
(P) before the final (E) option, because the embedded commands usually contain other commandkeyletters. If you do not repeat P, the last
commandkeyletter in the embedded commands sequence becomesthe
current command. You can save up to 16 positions. For each (B) option,
there must be an (E) option. For example, if you use five (B) options in a
graphic image, you needfive (E) options to return the active position to
the original saved position.
NOTE
Position values are also saved during Position command unbounded sequences, as well as Vector command bounded and
unbounded sequence options. The limit on the numberof unended, saved position values (including all save commands)is
16. However, for transportability, use a maximum of eight.
Figure 3-5 shows an example of howto build a simple graphic image with
a Position command bounded sequence. The example includes Vector (V)
and Curve (C) commands.

ReGIS Graphics

3-29

Position

Figure 3-5:

Bounded Sequence Example
0

0 f

100

200

300

400

200

7)
+(@)
(8)
(9)

300
400

500

600

700

799

(3)
(500,150)

)
(500,350)

(300,350)

479 =

COMMANDS
(1)
(2)
(3)

(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)

P[400,250]

(B)
[+100,-100]

V[,+200]
[-200]
[,-200]
[4200]
P(E)
C[+100]

NOTE:
ONCE A COMMAND LETTER IS SPECIFIED,
IT DOES NOT NEED TO BE RESPECIFIED,
UNLESS ANOTHER TYPE OF COMMAND
COMES BETWEEN COMMAND OPTION VALUES.
MLO-37 1-86

(S)

The difference between the bounded and unbounded sequencesis the
start (S) option. In bounded sequences, the (B) option tells ReGIS to save
the current position and return to that position after a corresponding(E)
option. In the unbounded sequence, the (S) option tells ReGIS to save a
dummy, or nonexistent position. When ReGIS comesto a corresponding
(E) option, the position does not change from thelast specified current
position. The unbounded sequenceis provided primarily for symmetry
3-30

ReGIS Graphics

Position
with other command types, such as Curve commands, that can use
bounded and unbounded sequences.
The format for an unbounded sequenceis as follows:
P(S)<embedded commands>(E)

With an unbounded sequence, you should repeat the P commandkeyletter
before the final (E) option to ensure that the commandkeyletter remains
P. Figure 3-6 shows an unbounded sequence with the same Vector (V)
and Curve (C) commandsused in the bounded sequence in Figure 3-5.
Comparing these figures showsthedifferent results obtained by using
bounded and unbounded sequences.

ReGIS Graphics

3-31

Position

Figure 3-6:

Unbounded Sequence Example
0

100

200

300

400

500

600

0 f

700

799
ON

100

200

(300, 150)

300

. 400

(300,350)

(500,350)

479 a

COMMANDS
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)

P(400,250]
(S)
{[+100,-100]
V [,+200]
[-200]

(7)
(8)
(9)

[+200]
P(E)
C[+100]

(6)

{,-200}

NOTE:
ONCE A COMMAND LETTER IS SPECIFIED,
IT DOES NOT NEED TO BE RESPECIFIED,
UNLESS ANOTHER TYPE OF COMMAND
COMES BETWEEN COMMAND OPTION VALUES.
MLO~372-86

(E)

The end of sequence option is used to end both bounded and unbounded
sequences. This option refers back to the most recently stored (B) or
(S) option value. If the last value was stored by a (B) option, the active
position is defined by the stored value. If the last value was stored by an
(S) option, the active position remainsatits current location.

3-32

ReGlS Graphics

Position
For both bounded and unbounded sequences, you should repeat the P
commandkeyletter before the final (E) option to ensure that the command
keyletter remainsP.
(W(M <n))
The temporary write control option defines the multiplication factor for
PV values. It defines the number of coordinates affected by PV values
specified by a PV move argument.

3.4.2

Position Command Summary
Table 3~7 summarizes the Position command arguments.
Table 3-7:

Position Command Summary

Argument

Description

[X,Y]

Cursor position argument using [X,Y] values to define a new
active position. The [X,Y] values can be absolute, relative, or
absolute/relative.

<PV>

Cursor positioning argument using PV values to define a
relative repositioning of the active position.

(B)

Begin a bounded sequence option. Stores the current active
position for reference at the end of the sequence.

(S)

Start an unbounded sequence option. Stores a dummy
position for reference at the end of the sequence.

(E)

End of sequence option. Selects last stored (B) or (S) option
value for reference.

(W(M <n> ))

Temporary write control option defining multiplication factor
for PV values. Defines number of coordinates affected by PV
values specified by a PV move argument.

ReGIS Graphics

3-33

Write Control

Write Control
Write Control commandoptionslet you set attributes and parameters used
at the pixel level during writing tasks. RETOS supports the following
tasks performed by the Write Control commandoptions:
e PV multiplication
e Foregroundintensity selection
e Writing modes: erase, overlay, replace, complement, and negate
e Pattern control
e

Shading control

You can set write controls by using other commands, for example, Vector,
Curve, Screen Control, and Position commands, as temporary write control options. For more information, see the sections on these commands.

Format

option

Command Arguments

Description

(M <n> )
(I(...)) or (I <n> )

PV multiplication
Foreground intensity select

(E/R/V/C)

(P <pattern> )

Type of writing: Erase, Replace,
Overlay, Complement
Pattern

(P(M <n> ))

Pattern multiplication

(N <O or 1>)

Negative pattern control

(S <O or 71>) or (S" <char> ”) Shading

Command Arguments
(M <n> )

The PV multiplication option lets you define a multiplication factor for PV
values used in moving and drawing. PV values are then multiplied by the
defined factor. The format for the PV multiplication option is as follows:
W(M<n>)

<n> is the numeric value defining the multiplication factor.
3-34

ReGIS Graphics

Write Control
You can also use the PV multiplication option as a temporary write

control option with other commands, such as Position, Screen Control,
Vector, and Curve commands. In these cases, you can leave the overall

PV multiplication value unchanged but select a temporary multiplication
value for a specific task.
(l<n>)
(Il( <RGB> ))
(IH <n> L <n> S <n))
The foreground intensity option is identical in form to the Screen Control
background intensity option, except the options start with different command keyletters (W for write control, S for screen control). However, the
options have different functions. The screen control option selects the
shade for background, while the write commandoption selects the shade
you use for writing on that background.
The foreground intensity option affects only the shade/color of writing
doneafter the option is invoked. This feature lets you select different
colors for different parts of a graphic image without affecting other parts
of the same image.
You mustselect a writing shade that differs from the selected background
to make sure that the foregroundis visible.
The foreground intensity option can select shades from the output map
only if you use the form W(I <n> ). Otherwise, the actual specified color
is sent to the outputfile.

(E)

You can use the erase writing option (1) byitself, (2) with negative pattern
control on or off, (3) with a foregroundintensity value, or (4) in any
combination of these options. The function of erase writing depends on
all of these options. If you use erase writing by itself, it sets any pixels
that were written. In that case, erase writing changes the erased area to
the currently selected background color/shade value (assuming negative
pattern control is off, which is the default).
The format for a basic erase writing option is as follows:
W(E)
If you specify negative pattern control as on (N1), erase writing changes
the erased area to the currently selected foreground color value.
Figure 3-7 showsthe effect of negative pattern control on erase writing. Example A shows howthe square is erased to the background color

ReGIS Graphics

3-35

Write Control
when negative pattern control is off. Example B shows how the squareis
erased to the foreground color when negative pattern control is on.
When you use erase writing with the foregroundintensity option, you
can write at the newly defined foreground value — as long as negative
pattern control is on. If negative pattern control is off, the foreground
intensity option changes the foreground value for later writing activity.
However, the erase writing option still uses the background shadevalue.
Figure 3-8 showstheeffect that the foreground select option can have on
erase writing when negative pattern control is on.
Erase writing ignores the pattern selections, back line pattern, and shading

pattern.

3-36

ReGIS Graphics

Write Control

Figure 3-7:

Erase Writing with Negative Pattern Control

0°

(

100

200

300

400

500

600

700 799

100

200

\AN
\NA

300

\\\

400

SANNAANNS
VANSSAAANS

479 \

A) PATTERNED SQUARE PARTIALLY ERASED USING
W(NO,E), OR W(E) IF NEGATIVE WRITING OFF (DEFAULT
OR PREVIOUS NO)

(

200

100

200

300

400

#500

600

ios

AAA

WAN

300

YAN

\
VAN
VAAANANAS

400
479

B) PATTERNED SQUARE PARTIALLY ERASED USING
W(N1,E), OR W(E) IF NEGATIVE WRITING ON (PREVIOUS
N1)

MLO-373-86

ReGIS Graphics

3-37

Write Control

Figure 3-8:
0 0

Erase Writing with Foreground Specification
100

200

300

400

500

600

700 799

100

200

\\
\\

300

\\S

400

‘

479

NOTE

ERASE WRITING INITIATED BY W(N1, E, 12).

MLO-374-86

(R)

In replace writing, 1s in the bit pattern memory write the foreground
intensity; Os in the bit pattern memory write the background intensity.
The format for the replace writing option is as follows:
W(R)

Figure 3-9 shows an example of a graphic image created by using replace
writing.

3-38

ReGiS Graphics

Write Control

Figure 3-9:

Replace Writing Example

0°

100

200

300

400 ~

500

600

700 799

100

200

300

400

AAA

SAAANAAAS
SANANSANS
SAAANANAS
VANANAANS

BLACK SQUARE !IS DRAWN FIRST. THEN PATTERNED
SQUARE IS DRAWN IN REPLACE MODE.
MLO-375-86

(V)

Bit map values do not changefor those parts of the new image defined by
Os in pattern memory. A change occurs only for those parts of the new
image defined by 1s in pattern memory. The foreground intensity replaces
the old bit map valuefor all pixels defined as 1s in the new image.
Because overlay is the default, you do not haveto use the overlay option,
unless erase or replace writing has occurred. If you use one of those forms
of writing control, the overlay writing option lets you return to the default
mode. However, it is good practice to specify overlay writing, as you
cannot always besure of the current writing mode.
The format for the overlay writing option is as follows:
w(V)

Figure 3-10 shows an example of overlay writing. Figure 3-10 uses the
same basic graphic image used for the erase and replace writing examples;

however, the square is shaded light gray, rather than dark, so that the

overlayis visible.

ReGIS Graphics

3-39

Write Control

Figure 3-10:

Overlay Writing Example

100

200

300

400

500

600

700 799

100

200

300

400

J
MLO-376-86

(C)

Complement writing allows writing over another image in the opposite
shade.
Figure 3-11 shows a simple example of complement writing. In this
example, a pattern written in black partially overwrites a shaded black
square. Where the pattern does overwrite, the pattern is displayed as
white; where the pattern does not overwrite, the pattern remainsblack.
However, complement writing occurs even where the pattern does not
overwrite the square. The white background is being complemented,
resulting in the black pattern.
Complement writing is NOT recommendedfor color output printers. Complementwriting affects bits stored in a bit map. This effect
does not necessarily produce the complement(opposite) of the selected
shade/color.

3-40

ReGIS Graphics

Write Control
If the output map contains 16 colors, the bit map provides fourbits
of memory for each pixel. These four bits provide a code identifying
one of 16 output map locations. That output map location defines the
shade/color for the associated pixel.
During complement writing, each bit of a code that is overwritten changes
to its opposite value. The code 0100 (an address for output map location
4) changes to 1011 (the address for output map location 11). The resulting
shade/color depends on the shade/color stored in the complemented
output location that is addressed.
Figure 3-11:

Complement Writing Example
100

200

300

son
479 \

200

300

400

500

600

799

AAASARR
Aaa\
eae NN

SWAAAAAAS
)
MLO- 1064-87

(P <pattern> )
RETOSuses an 8-bit wide pattern memory. The contents of this memory
let you define the appearance of lines and shaded areas. This memory
is read to control the appearance of the pixels in a graphic object. For
example, a vector command drawsa line. Asthe line is drawn, the

pattern memory is read, bit by bit, to determine if a pixel should be on
(1) or off (0). In replace writing mode, a 1 value sets the pixel to the
foreground shade value, and a 0 valuesets the pixel to the background

ReGIS Graphics

3-41

Write Control
shade value. In the case of negative pattern control, settings are reversed.
See the description of (N <0 or 1> ) in this section.
The writing cycles through the 8-bit pattern, unless you use a new command keyletter. If you want successive Vector or Curve commands to
start at the first position of pattern memory,start them with the command
keyletter.
The default for pattern memoryis all 1s. Therefore, during a typical
drawing process,the line is defined by having all pixels turned on to the
foreground shade. Pattern control consists of options that let you change
the pattern in four ways:
e
e

Select standard pattern
Specify binary pattern

e
e

Pattern multiplication
Negative pattern control

Select standard pattern and specify binary pattern both use the pattern select commandoption to define a pattern. However, they specify different
values in the pattern select option.
Ten standard write patterns are available: 0 through 9. The format for the
standard pattern select option is as follows:
W(P<pattern number>)

You can select any of the 10 standard patterns by using the standard
pattern select option. Table 3-8 identifies the bit configurations for the
standard patterns. Figure 3-12 shows howthe various standard patterns
appear on the screen. Figure 3-13 shows howthesepatterns are invoked
in a vector that is 24 pixels long.

3-42

ReGlS Graphics

Write Control

00000000

All-off write pattern

11111111

All-on write pattern

11110000

Dash pattern

11100100

Dash-dot pattern

10101010

Dot pattern

11101010

Dash-dot-dot pattern
Sparse dot pattern

10000100

Asymmetrical sparse dot pattern

11001000

Sparse dash-dot pattern

10000110

Sparse dot-dash pattern

ABA

10001000

Description

Binary Pattern

Standard Pattern Memory Descriptions

OFF

Table 3-8:

Pattern Number

Figure 3—12:
0
07

Standard Patterns Display
100

200

300

400

500

600

700

799

W(P 1)
100

200

300

W(P2)

-2#--------------------

W(P3)

bem eee ee teree ems memem eres

W(P4)

rece e cence cece ccc cee e cece eens cee eeee

W(P5)

W(P6)

vce c cee cece cece eee e eee eee cece cee eees

W(P7)
400

479 \

W/(P8)

we eee ee eee ce cere cece ee re asec mine te eeee

W(P9)

-~- =

---

wre e eee e

MLO-377-86

ReGIS Graphics

3-43

Write Control

Figure 3-13:

Standard Patterns
PATTERN MEMORY READS

COMMAND
W (P1)
W (P2)
W (P3)
W (P4)
W (P5)
W (P6)
W (P7)
W (P8)
W (P9)

1ST PASS

2ND PASS

3RD PASS

OVCOOVDDODOLOVOOVODN OPO VLOCOVODOFOVOOVODOJOUVOO0000
O0CC0000
O0000000
OCODCDDOOJOODCODOOOJFODDDCDODOOOf/ODDADDOOOJOOCCOOOC0CO
OC000O000 Oem OOO COlammam 0 0 0 Of GED OO 00J00000000
ODCODODDOIODDCODOOFOODDDDAOOLODDDC ODO OfO0O0C0000
OO0000 0 Clem 0000 OlammmO0e@0 Ol ammooe00ofoO0000000
OCOODDDODOOJODDODDOOfODDDDOOOJOCDCDDOOBIOOO000N0N0
CODDDCOCOT@C PCAC eEOleCe@0C eC eOl@ececedc@eo|o0000000
CODDDDODOJLOVOCADCDDOJOVDDDDODOFOVDDODDOOJOVNO0N0N0N0N
COO0CO0O0O Olena 0 @0 © Clam 0 G0 eC] emmmpoececio0000000
OCODDDDDOJODDDODOCOOW CCDC ODOOOJOCDCOODOOJO00000N0N0
CODKOVODDOOJ@COD SOC Cl@0D0 DC eOO0Of e000 eO0DOlOD000000N0
OCODODDDDDOJOOCODDDODOGQOVCVD DO OAJOODCDDDOOJ[OO000000
0090000 0}@0000800]80000800/0000000/00900000
OCOODDDODDOP CODCOD DOOJODDD ODO OJOODOD DDD OJ[ONONNN0N0N0N
OOOO DCD0OCBOEDVC CCC ChDVL OC eCOOCCOlEMOC e000 O0/OL000000
OCODODDDODOMOCOCVODDOOJODCDODDOOOOFONDDOOOCOOJOOOCOOO0O0N0
CODD 0O0O OO0000 EB O}O0000 ew O]L@00CO mmO}O0000000
CODDCDDOMHOVOCOODOH VOODOO OLONDOQOQDOIOVOIV OOOO

NOTES
1.

POIS NOT SHOWN; ITS VALUE IS ALL 0'S,
ALL PATTERNS ARE SHOWN WITH MULTIPLICATION VALUE OF 1,
WITH NEGATIVE PATTERN CONTROL OFF,
ALL PATTERNS ARE SHOWN FOR THREE READS OF PATTERN MEMORY,
WITH FIRST READ STARTING AT THE FIRSTBIT.
MLO-378-86

You can select unique patterns not available as standard patterns by using
a specified pattern select option. The format of this option is similar
to that of the standard pattern select option, except that the value you
specify is a specific binary pattern instead of a standard pattern number.
The format used for the specified pattern select option is as follows:
W(P<binary pattern>)

The specified binary pattern can be up to 8 bits long, the maximum size
of the pattern memory. If you specify a pattern that is greater than 8

bits, only the last 8 bits are used. Pattern cells of 1, 2, 4, and 8 bits are

repeated as full subunits in the 8-bit pattern memory. However, patterns
of 3, 5, 6, and 7 bits are repeated only as far as possible within the 8-bit
limitation.

3-44

ReGiS Graphics

Write Control
Figure 3-14 shows examples of patterns you can create by using the
specified pattern select option. The figure shows howthesepatterns are
invoked in a vector 24 pixels long and how patternsof 3, 5, 6, and 7 bits
do not repeat as complete subunits.
Figure 3-14:

Examples of Binary Patterns

SPECIFIED

PATTERN MEMORY READ

PATTERN
W(P01)
W(P 101)
Ww(P 1001)

W(P10111)
W(P 101100)

W(P1110010)

1ST PASS

2ND PASS

3RD PASS

LOADED

8-BIT VALUE

OOVCODDDAIOOVDDDDOAODD DODO MO000000OovL0 00000
OCOCODOOODOSOC OOOO SOSCOCOOMHOC@0CeO 0 BJO0000000 01010101
OCOODODDDOOGA0DNDCDDDOOM ODDO ONOOW COCO O0O0IDOO00000

CODCOD OO C180 aD C aw Ole 0 aw OO a Ole Ca CO am OlOV 000000 10110110
CODDDDDAODDODDO OfFOW OD DDD OOOO OCOOODlo0000000
COCKCOOCOC O80 OC00 aD 00 ew OC am COMmO0 el00000000 10011001
OCODDDDOOJODDDDDDOW DODD DDOdo000000OOD0000000
0000000 010.0 CD O PO Gi o « OGD OBID 0000000 10111101
OCODODDDOPODDDDDDO CW DDDO DOOM 000000 O}O0000000

CODKCKCCC OFFS GW 00 @ Ole 0 am 00 OOfe0 ew00 e0lO0000000

CODKDDODOOP CODCOD OW OCOD ODO GBo0000000J00000000

190110010

COOOC00 0 Of am 00 © Gm OC © 0 Gm 00 @ 0800000000 11100101

OCOOKDNDDOO OJOODOOOCOJFODDD OOO OJODVVIDIOOVOOJOCDODOOOO

W(P11100111) 0 00000 ola O00
> © OC GED © 0 GUMBO OC 0OO0000 11100111
OCOVODCDDDDOJODDOCOTCOPODDDDDOJOCOOODO OJFO0000000

NOTES
1. P01 RESULTS IN THE SAME TYPE OF PATTERN AS P4,
EXCEPT EXACTLY OPPOSITE IN ON/OFF VALUES.
2. ALL PATTERNS ARE SHOWN WITH MULTIPLICATION VALUE OF 1,
WITH NEGATIVE PATTERN CONTROL OFF.

3. ALL PATTERNS ARE SHOWN FOR THREE READS OF PATTERN
MEMORY, WITH FIRST READ STARTING AT THE FIRSTBIT.
MLO-379-86

(P(M <n))
Pattern multiplication lets you change the appearance of a pattern by
specifying the number of pixels to be affected by each bit in the 8-bit
pattern memory. The minimum value is 1. The default value is 2. For
portability to other ReGIS devices, you should use a maximum valueof 8.
However, the converter supports higher values.
The two basic forms of the pattern multiplication suboption are as follows:
e

Standard pattern:
W(P4(M5))

Specified binary pattern:
W(P1100001 14 (M3) )

ReGIS Graphics

3-45

Write Control
Figure 3-15 shows howthe pattern examples from Figure 3-13 and
Figure 3-14 are affected by multiplication values.
Figure 3-15:

Pattern Multiplication

COMMAND

PATTERN

W (P1 (M3) )

CDDDDDDDDDOCOODDDDDDDDDDOOD0D0DO0DO000ND000000G000000
/t
pB600000000000000000000000
CDODDDDDDDDDODDDODD ODDO ODO0D0ODODO0000O0000000000000

W (P2 (M2) }

/EEE 00000 0000000000000000000000700000000

W (P3 (M6) )

W (P4 (M4) )
W (P5 (M2) )

W (P6 (M3) )
W (P7 (M6) )
W (P8 (M5) )
W (P9 (M4) )

CDODDDDODDDDDDDDDDDOD DDD O DODD ONNDDONDDDN0000NF0000000

00000000000 0 ZZ o°o000000000S

CODDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDODDODNDOONDDONOOO0000000000900009
[EE 0 0 0 GD 0 00 0 GEN 0000 GBB OOD OH O00D000009000000
CODDDDDDDDDDDDDDDODOOOONDDDDODODOD000GONDNNGN00000
[eu © 0 @® 00 00/9 00000009000990090000090000000009000
DODDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD DOOD ODO NDGODNGONDDDDO000000000

[SB 090000000 0000000096 00009000000000000000000
CODDDODDDDDDDDDONDDDDDDNDONDNDONDDNDADDNINHNF0ONNDN0NG

[ENED 00 0000000000009000000000 ZZ 100060000000
DADDNDODDDDDODDDDDODNDDD ON ODDDADNDONDNDNDDDOGONODODG00N0
[END 090000000000 0 NB OOD DNDN OG NONI 9 GaN
OQNDADDADADADADDDADDADDADDANIADNANDNIANDDDDIDAIANVAANAGDIANAIAAGIG

W (P01 (M5) )

[CEB O00000000000000 0 nm CC O0f OOOO BDD0000%0%
ONDDDDDODANAADODDGNONDADODOD DOOD DDGONANDANDNDODONANIDANS
[9000 0 EE 00000 ED O00 00 i 00000 mmm) 0000000

W (P1017 (M2) )

[m0 mm 00 Em JOO ODNH ODDO DNDDODDDGONNDNDNOODAN04

W (P1001 (M3) )

[SD0000 QED 000 000 aODD 00000000000000000000

W (P 10111 (M6) )

/EEE OO O00

W (P101100 (M4) )

W(P1110010 (M3))

/_U 200000 BO 00 EEOOOO ONDDDDNNNCAODNNAAONODG

AAOAADDAANAIOANDADADANAANGANDADADDANANIQAIANANIADNDANABAANIAADA
AADADANADAADADGDAODAUADIAINNAIDIAIDANNDGANADAANAIDANDIDGANOGADOD

AAOAACHAAAIIDAIANAAAAANGAGCAADADAANDDAIANDIANDIDNAUHADANOADAGAANGOA

000% ¢ ° zzz:/

VOOAMIAADMUAAADAANAAADADAAANIAIDANAUNGOAMNAADDAQDDNDAAADARAANA

QOAAVAADGTAIAGVIAAIAIDAIDANODAOADNAAGNDNDDAGANANINANADNADINAGNADOCOAADNDAD
OONDAIDAMIAIADIANANADNDIDIAANAAANAIAGIANANAANDANAANAAADATAAIDANANADANO

W (P11100111 (M2) ) /c 0000 ZO OOOGNDANADGADAQDANDDNNDNADNAANGNDAO
DCODNDNDDONNDANDD DN ANON ONDODDAADOANAOODADDGONODOOO0DADANDANADN
NOTE
ALL PATTERNS ARE SHOWN FOR A SINGLE PASS
THROUGH PATTERN MEMORY STARTING ATBIT 1, AT
THE SPECIFIED MULTIPLICATION VALUE, WITH NEGATIVE
PATTERN CONTROL OFF.
MLO-380-86

(N <Oorl>)
Negative pattern control lets you reverse the effect of pattern memory.
The default value for negative pattern control is off. The format for the
negative pattern control option is as follows:
W(N<O or 1>)

3-46

ReGlS Graphics

Write Control
During normal writing conditions in replace mode, 1s in the pattern
memory define the pixels as having the foreground shade; Os define the
pixels as having the background shade. With negative pattern control on,
the reverse is true: 1s select background; Os select foreground. You can
use negative pattern control with all writing modes.
NOTE
Negative pattern control functions differently with erase mode
writing. See the description of (E) in this section.
Figure 3-16 shows howthe negative pattern control on andoff conditions
affect various patterns. The patterns shownare the same standard patterns
from Figure 3-13 and the specified binary patterns from Figure 3-14.

ReGIS Graphics

3-47

Write Control

Figure 3-16:

Negative Pattern Control
PATTERN MEMORY READ

COMMAND

W(PO,NO)

1ST PASS
2ND PASS
3RD PASS
ODOODOGAGAGAGEAVAANDAGIAIVAIADIAIIAAANAAIDADA VDI ANAND OCOODOOC OC OfOo

ala) Ghelakekalanekanelalakenalaleks) clelelatalelahakehalehekelelens slolelokolololonokolononokonone)

W(PO,N1)
W(P1,NO)

Oo
ie

W(P4,NO)

Buel Sekek Soles Sokal Senel Sate Salen Salen

W(P1,N1)
W(P2,NO)
W(P2,N1)
W(P3,NO)
W(P3,N 1)

EAOOCOMODIDGANMAAANADAAVHOGNIAANADANODOOlONDDNECDODODOODOOOOObO
ED OOOO) DD O70 0 OOOO 0C000N0
A COO0OC)Tr |C 000000 ( (ZZz—rmmm|0000000 0 (zzz lo 0
ae O° O° a0 0° O_O OpO
000 > O° | OC) ZZ; AmB O 0 C0 ZZ OC CmIO O

W(P4,N1)

HOO eo Oam aii aloo abo apo” a awl 0 aw 0° eb 0 a0 0 ewh oO

W(P5,NOQ)
W(P5.N1)

Sele’ Salel Selal Nelok Sole) one

«ap an: \aquEEED ap a@mOObo
Dp a» «a= \—
HAO OO, Om
epi0 OO @®a 0 e@|l0o0cC 17, @@o°7 00 ah o

W(P6,NO)

CMB IOBB ORD, BO OEE OO OND BOON ONOWO

W(P7,NO)

W(P8,NO)

iTSn Dns tt Dieta

W(P6,N1)

W(P7,N1)

| CD: GHEE | °° GED

GERD ©

ap OC Olam BOOT OEIC BOON Ok G

| i:

Z| >

yo > °° zap):

GD | CD

GED) ©

Seleislel Selelalalalel ole

(OD GED: SC SGC CED SCCCD

—)—

W(P8,N1)

WiP9,NO)
W(P9.N1)

a TS TOTO eS OFF 0
[a
| n,Q) Gs 8° °° @p| Guu” l( Uap

W(P01,NQ)

oho: ae aa a>

W(PO1,N 1)
W(P101,NO)
W(P101,N1)
W(P1001,NO)
W(P1001.N 1)
W(P10111,NO)
W(P10111.N1)

W(P101100,NO)

* aap

ap. aa aD ato aw” Oo aw” Coa” ak oO

Jap: api: ae: a: lam ase i eeee am ammo
|p © CGEEED © OC GED =O ”— SSCP OO} ©:
zz
>
cps
me
ooc@™m@ (OO; Camo am oO 0°C aah.
‘ ——— Cp” °° ak”
a
=:

am OO

Bees

ae ee en
OC 0 > °§3 “que © ape ©

“

6 a

FOOT ODO BHOOT amBOONS

ap” l\ammmmoo0C0Cemp

aa==piea>” cup: °°

W(P101100.N1)

U0.) Qi.) QZ «>: 4B: O OC GD OO Gm::C<C OY ae”

W(P1110010,NO)

W(P1110010,N1)
W(P11100111,NO)
W(P1110011 LN 1)

@@oO%r:

ae” ae”

Gb Gm OO ° GD 0 0 ED: °¢CCUUaD OO apio®
ONC 00, QUE QB os ZEEE OO BOO CU OOOO@ZD HBO OP ©
> i §8=}3=2hl (eC OF
(mmm Oo Ona 6 ae OC CD Ob Oo
,
(
yet
¢

)

Cpe

ta ay oy

OP ey CPE OPV OT OP OPE VON UY OW OOO DNNONODNANOYO

NOTE

EACH PATTERN IS SHOWN FOR,THREE PASSES
THROUGH THE PATTERN MEMORY WITHA
MULTIPLICATION VALUE OF 2.
MLO-38 1-86

(S <Oorl>)

(S” <char> ”)

The shading control option lets you shade the inside of a graphic object
as it is drawn. During shading commands, Vector and Curve commands
operate as usual. However, as each point in a vector or curve is drawn,
3-48

ReGiS Graphics

ole

10
0

Write Control
shading occurs from that point to a shading reference line. The shading
includes the point being drawn, as well as the point on the referenceline.
The default value for the shading reference line is the horizontal line
defined by the Y coordinate value of the current position when shading
is turned on. You can select a different reference line with a position
argument to the shading control option.
Figure 3-17 shows howshading occurs. This figure shows phasesof a
circle being drawn while shading is enabled and demonstrates the use of
the reference line in shading.
You can shade an object by using either patterns or text characters with
the shading control option. You define both types of shading by foregroundintensity, background intensity, negative writing, and any overlay,
erase, or replace writing in effect. In addition, you define pattern shading by the pattern you use and the multiplication factor for the pattern.
Similarly, you define character shading by any text options that affect the
selected character.
There are three types of shading controls:
e
e
¢

Shading on/off controls
Shading reference line select
Shading character select

The following sections cover the shading controls and the use of multiple
shading reference lines.
NOTE
Polygon Fill eliminates the need for multiple reference lines.
Use multiple reference lines only if you plan to transport your
application to a device that does not support Polygon Fill.

ReGIS Graphics

3-49

Write Control

Figure 3-17:

Shading Examples

SHADING REFERENCE LINE

NT |
u

(A)
DIRECTION OF SHADING
TO OCCUR AS CIRCLE IS
DRAWN

(B)
APPROX. 90 DEGREES
OF CIRCLE DRAWN

SHADING REFERENCE LINE

(D)
APPROX. 220 DEGREES
OF CIRCLE DRAWN

(E)
APPROX. 340 DEGREES
OF CIRCLE IS DRAWN

(F)
COMPLETED CIRCLE

NOTE
THE SHADING REFERENCE LINE WOULD NOT
BE VISIBLE ON THE SCREEN OR PAGE.
MLO-382-86

3-50

ReGiS Graphics

Write Control
Shading On/Off Controls
When shading is enabled, the Write Control commanduses the pattern
and foregroundintensity. If the selected pattern is a solid line (P1), the
graphic image area is completely shaded at the currently selected intensity
(10 through I3). No outline appears for the shaded graphic image, other
than the difference in contrast between the background and foreground
intensity.
The format for the shading on/off control option is as follows:
w(S <O or 1>)

Figure 3-18 showsthree circles shaded with different foreground intensities. This figure showsthat the outline for each circle is formed by the
contrast between the background and foreground values. If you want an
outline, you can simply repeat the circle command with shading off.
Figure 3-19 showsthecircles drawn in Figure 3-18 with shading off and
with a different foreground intensity from that used in shading.
Figure 3-18:
0

100

Circle Shading Examples: Without Outlines
200

300

400

500

600

700

799
COMMANDS

100

200

300

P({150,200]
W(S1)
C{+100]
P{400]
W(S1)

C(W(11))
[+100]
P[650]

W(S1)
400

C(W(12))
[+100]
W(SO)

MLO-383-86

ReGIS Graphics

3-51

Write Control

Figure 3-19:

100

Circle Shading Examples: with Outlines

200

300

400

500

600

700

799

COMMANDS

P[ 150,200]
w(S1)

C[+100]

Ww(SO)

100

C(W(11))
[+100]

P[400]

200

W(S1)

C(W(I1))
[+100]

300

400

179 L

w(SO)
C[+100]
P[650]
w(S1)
C(W(I2))

[+100]

W(SO)

C[+100]
MLO-384-86.

Figures in this section on shading on/off controls use the default value for
the shading reference line: the Y coordinate value of the current position
when shading is turned on. When you use the default shadingline,
rememberto redefine shading each time the current position is moved for
a new shading task. Otherwise, shading occurs to the previously defined
reference line.
Remember that shading includes the shading reference line, regardless
of whetherthe line is the default line or a line selected by the shading
reference line option.
Figure 3-20 showsa graph in which the reference line is the same as the
graph baseline. By repositioning the current position up one pixel row
before enabling shading, you can keep the baseline intact, as shown in
Figure 3-21. However, another more device-independent techniqueis
available. Shade to and include the graph baseline, then redraw the graph
baseline.

3-52

ReGiS Graphics

Write Control

Figure 3-20:

100

Shading Through the Graph Baseline
200

300

400

500

600

700

799

COMMANDS
P[ 100,100}

100

V [,+300]
[+400]
P[-300]

Ww(S1)

200

V(W(L50))
[,-200]

[+100}

300

[+200]
W(SO)
V[,-200]
[-100]

400

[,+200]

479

MLO-385-86

Figure 3-21:
5

100

Shading to the Graph Baseline
200

300

400

500

600

700

799
)

COMMANDS

100

P[100,100]

200

P[-300,-1]
w(S1)

V{,+300]
[+400]

V(W(L50))
[,-200]

300

[+100]
[,+200]

Ww(SO)

V [,-200]
[-100]

400
479

[,+200]

“MLO-386-86

You can changetheeffect of shading by selecting a writing pattern other
than a solid (P1). Figure 3-22 shows an example. In this figure, the circle

ReGIS Graphics

3-53

Write Control
is shaded with a dash line pattern (P2). As shown, this pattern defines the
circle with horizontal bars.
NOTE
If you want to changethecurrently selected pattern for shading,
you must specify the new pattern before you turn on shading.

Figure 3-22:
100

Circle Shading Example
200

300

400

;

500

600

700

799

)

100
—-_.,

COMMANDS

LE,

——

200

P[400,200]

————

C(W(P2),(S1))

EEE

[+60]

300

400

479

y,
MLO-387-86

Shading Reference Line Select
The default value for the shading reference line is a horizontal line defined
by the Y coordinate of the current position when shadingis turned on.
For most shading tasks, the default shading value shades the graphic
object correctly. (See Figures 3-18 and 3-19.) For some graphic objects,
however, the default value produces incorrect shading. An example is a
circle with a center at a specified position.
Figure 3-23 showsthe shading that results if the default value is used. In
this figure, the circle is first invoked for shading at a foreground intensity
of dim gray(I1); then the circle is invoked again (with shading off, and
with the foreground intensity at 10) to define the shading area. As shown,
the default shading line produces shading outside the intendedarea.

3-54

ReGiS Graphics

Write Control

Figure 3-23:
0

100

200

300

479

Incorrect Shading Example
200

300

400

500

600

700

799

COMMANDS
P(250,200]
W(S1)
C(W(L50))
(C) [325,125]
W(SO)
C(C) [325,125]

MLO-388-86

The shading reference line argumentlets you define a reference line value
other than the default value selected by the shading on/off control option.
The position coordinate used can be absolute orrelative.
The format for selecting a specific horizontal (Y position) shading reference
line is as follows:
w(S[<position>] )

<position> provides the position value of the horizontal (Y axis) shad-

ing reference line. You can use either [X,Y], with the X value being
ignored,or[,Y].

Figure 3-24 shows howto avoid the incorrect shading shown in
Figure 3-23 by using the shading reference line select argument.

ReGIS Graphics 3-55

Write Control

Figure 3-24:
0
=

100

Correct Shading Example
200

300

400

#24500

600

#700

799
.

100

COMMANDS

200

P[250,200]
W(S1[,125] )
C(W(L50))
(C)(325,125]
W(SO)
C(C) [325,125]

300
400
J

479 ™

MLO-—389—86

Figure 3-25 shows examples of shaded images drawn with the horizontal
(Y coordinate) shading referenceline.
Figure 3-25:

0
f

100

Horizontal Shading Reference Line Examples
200

300

400

500

600

700

799

)

COMMANDS
P[125,125]

100

W(S1[,+25] )

C(A90) [,-100]
P(+175,+75]

W(S1[,300])
V[+100]
P[500]
w(S1[,-100] }
C(A-45C) [,+100]
P[,300]

200
300

W(S1[,+100] )

400
y

479 —

3-56

ReGIS Graphics

V[700,400]

Ww (SO)

MLO-390-86

Write Control
You can also use a vertical (X coordinate) shading reference line. If you
use the vertical shading reference line, you have two options:
e

You can use the default shading value, which is defined by the X
coordinate of the current position when shadingis turned on.

You can specify the shading reference value with the vertical reference
line select option.

Just as with the horizontal shading reference option, you may need to
specify the reference line value to ensure proper shading.
The syntax for both of these options is shown here:
W(S(X))

or
W(S(X)<position>)

(X) defines the shading control option as selecting a vertical (X axis)
shading referenceline.
<position> provides the position value of the vertical (X axis) shading
reference line. You can use either [X,Y], with the Y value being ignored,
or [X]. If no value is given, ReGIS uses the X value of the current position.
Figure 3-26 shows examples of simple shaded images drawn with the
vertical (X coordinate) shading reference line.

ReGIS Graphics

3-57

Write Control

Figure 3-26:
100

Vertical Shading Reference Line Examples
200

300

400

500

600

700

799
‘)

COMMANDS

P{ 150, 100]

100

W(S(X)[+50] )
C(A45){50, 150)
P[+150,+100]

W(S(X) [400] )
V[-100,+100]

200

P(550, 100]
W(S(X)[590} )

300

C[+60]

P{,+200]
W(S(X){+100] )

V[,+100]

400
479

W(SO)

MLO-39 1-86

By comparing Figure 3-25 and Figure 3-26, you can see howselecting
either a horizontal or vertical shading reference line produces different
effects.

For example, Figure 3-27 showsa circle shaded with a dashed pattern
(P2) while using a vertical reference line value. Thecircle that results
is identical to the circle in Figure 3-22, where the default horizontal
value for the shading line was used. Thus, regardless of the reference
line orientation, you can maintain the pattern orientation while shading
complex objects.

3-58

ReGiS Graphics

Write Control

Figure 3-27:
0
1c

100

Vertical Shading Reference Line Example
200

300

400

500

600

700

799
.

100
200

COMMANDS
lm

P [400,200]

——

C(W(P2,S(X) {400} ))

[+60]

t—“CtisSSCSCSCsésj

300
400
479 \

MLO-392-86

Shading Character Select

This argument lets you shade objects by using text characters instead of

patterns.

The format for the shading character select argument is as follows. You
must use single or double quotes to enclose the character selected for
shading.
W(S"<character>")

When you use character shading, text command options define the character set the shading character comes from and the unit cell size of the
character. If you do not define these parameters, the standard character
set is used. The character size is the last size specified during a Text
commandor the default value of S1, if no other size is specified.

Shading with a character can provide half-tone effects. This feature is
useful when designing graphic images for a device that has only two
intensity values, such as a dot-matrix printer. In such applications, gray
scale effects are achieved by shading with different density characters.
You can use load character cell controls to define a set of characters
that have different numbers of pixels as dark; then you can use those
characters for shading.

ReGIS Graphics

3-59

Write Control
When you shade with a character, only the top 8 x 8 matrix of an 8 x 10
cell’s storage is used. Remember this whenselecting shading characters or
whencreating characters with load cell commands.
The shading character is oriented in the same wayfor either horizontal or
vertical shading reference lines. The shading pattern remains consistent
when shading complex objects.
Figure 3-28 showsa circle shaded with Xs. In this example, only the size
of the character has been specified. Therefore, the X from the standard
character set is used. You can use the shading character select argument
to shade any graphic image.
Figure 3-28:
0
0 (

100

Shading Character Select Argument Example
200

300

400

500

600

700

799
~

100

COMMANDS
YXXKKN)

P({400,200]

XXXXXXXXXXKXY

T(S1)

XXXXXXXXXXXKKX,
(XXXXXXXXKXKXXX)
XXAXKXXKKAK
“COOOL

200

yt
Wi(S'X’)
C{+60]
W (SQ)

300

400
479

MLO-393-86

When used alone, the shading character select argument uses the Y
component of the current position to define a horizontal reference line
for the character shading. You can also specify a horizontal or vertical
shading reference line or a point when shading with a character.

3-60

ReGlS Graphics

Write Control
The formats for combining a shading character with specified shading
reference lines are as follows:
W(S"<character>" (X) [<position>] )

W(S"<character>" [<position>] )

<character> identifies the character to be used for shading.
(X) defines the shading control option as selecting a vertical (X axis)
shading referenceline.
<position> defines either the X axis or Y axis value of the line to be
used for shading reference. The Y axis is the default; the X axis must be
explicitly selected.
Multiple Shading Reference Line Use
You can use the ReGIS Polygon Fill command to shade complex areas
that are difficult to shade with reference lines. (See the description of
Polygon Fill.) Using Polygon Fill is easier and moreefficient than other
methods. However, if your application was written for either a VT125,
a VT240 earlier than Version 2.1, or a version of Pro/Communications
earlier than Version 3.0, it does not use Polygon Fill. In those cases, refer
to the following information.
One shading reference line is not enough for graphic images that have
unshaded areas between the point on the graphic image being drawn
and the reference line. You can use the following method to shade such
graphic images:
e

Build the shaded graphic image in two or more sections. Use different
shading reference lines for each section, including both horizontal and
vertical shading reference lines.

Reshadeareas of the graphic image with a shade equalto the backgroundintensity.
Define the graphic image by using both procedures above. Use two or
more sections with reshading.

Figure 3-29 shows an attempt to shadea star with only one shade value
and onereference line. First, the star is defined as shading at dim gray
(11). Then the star is drawn with shading off, to outline the area selected
for shading. Figure 3-30 takes the same example and breaks it downinto
stages, adding commandsthat define a second reference line and a second
shade value. This figure showsa processfor building a correct star graphic
image.

ReGIS Graphics

3-61

Write Control
NOTE
The commands used to build the star shown in Figure 3-29
and Figure 3-30 are not the only commands you can use. They
are used in these figures to show how you can combine more
than one reference line with more than one shading value to
produce a correctly shaded image.
Figure 3-29:

0
°¢

100

Incorrect Shading of Complex Graphic Object

200-'s

«300-'i‘

#sté«<C—SCté‘ia—~SC—é‘00~—és—«s7Q@Q'—é<—‘éLL
~

SO MMA
P(500,200]
WwiS1)
V(W(I(L33)))
[-100]

100

[-50,-100]

(-50,+100]
[-100]

[+100,+50]

200

[-50,+125]
[+100,-75]
[+100,+75]

300

[-50,-125]

[+100,-50]

W(SO)

400

479 ™

“|

V[-100]
[-50,-100]

[.50,+100)
[-100]

{+100,+50]

[-50,+125]
[+100,-75]

[+100,+75]

[-50,-125]
[+100,-50]

MLO-394-86

3-62

ReGlS Graphics

Write Control

Figure 3-30:

Complex Graphic Shading Example

(A)

P {500,200}

W(S1)

(C)

[-100]}

{-100,-50]

V [-100,+50]

(D)
[+100]

(E)
[+50,-100]

(G)
P[450,375]
W(S1)
V [-50,-125]

[-100]

(J)
(W(LO))

(K)
{+100,+75]

{+100,-75]

Ww(SO)

(F)
[+50,+100]

(1)

[-50,+125]

MLO-395-86

ReGIS Graphics

3-63

Write Control
3.4.3

Write Control Command Summary
Table 3-9 summarizes the Write Control commandoptions, including any
default values.

Table 3-9:
Argument

Write Control Command Summary
Default

(M <n> )

Description

(M1)

(I <0-15> )

PV multiplication option. Defines
multiplication factor (<n> ) for
PV values specified by a later PV
positioning argument. Can serve as
temporary write control for other
types of commands.

(I3)

One of three foreground intensity
select options.

(E,R,V, or C)

(V)

(P <0-9> )

Three argumentletters available to
define type of writing to occur. (E)
for erase writing; (R) for replace
writing; (V) for overlay writing; (C)
for complement writing.

(P1)

Select standard pattern option. Selects
1 of 10 stored writing patterns.

(P <binary> )

None

(P(M <1-16> ))

Specify binary pattern option. Lets
you specify unique writing pattern for
write tasks. The specified pattern can
be up to 16 bits long.

(M2)

Pattern multiplication option. Used to
define the number of times each bit of
the pattern memoryis processed. You

can use this option with the select
standard pattern option or the specify
binary pattern option, or by itself to
define a multiplication factor for the
last specified pattern.

3-64

ReGlS Graphics

Write Control
Table 3-9 (Cont.):

Write Control Command Summary

Argument

Default

Description

(N <0 or 1>)

(NO)

(S <0 or 1>)

Negative pattern control option.
(N1) reverses currently selected
write pattern for all writing modes
except erase writing. NO turns off
negative pattern control. In the
case of negative writing, this option
affects only whetherpicture erases
to foreground or background color.
N1 erases to foreground color; NO to
backgroundcolor.

(SO)

Shading on/off control. (S1) enables
shading at currently selected pattern.
The shading reference line is defined
by the Y axis value of the active
position when (S1) is selected. 50
turns off shading.

(SLy])

None

Horizontal shading reference line
select option. Selects a horizontal
shading reference line defined by[,Y],
which can be either an absolute or
relative value.

(SOX)[x])

None

Vertical shading reference line select
option. Selects a vertical shading
reference line defined by [X], which
can be either an absolute or relative
value.

(S” <character> ”)

None

Shading character select option. Lets
you fill graphic objects with the
specified character.

ReGIS Graphics

3-65

Vector

Vector
The Vector commandlets you draw lines between the current position and
a specified new position. The form the lines take is determined by write
controls in effect when the Vector commandis issued.
The four basic arguments for the Vector commandare as follows:

Format

e
e
e
e

Draw dot arguments
Draw line arguments
Sequence of coordinates options
Temporary writing controls

option

Command Arguments
[ ]
[X,Y]

Description
Null position argument
Position argument to draw a dotor line

<PV>
(B)
(S)
(E)
(W)

PV value that defines endpointfor a line
Begin bounded sequenceoption
Begin unbounded sequence option
End of sequence option
Temporary write control option

Command Arguments
[]

The draw dot argumentuses a null position argumentto write to a single
pixel. The format of the draw dot optionis as follows:
VO]

[X,Y]

The draw line arguments for the Vector commandareidentical in form
to the move arguments for the Position command. However, instead
of moving the current position, draw line arguments draw a line from
the current position to a new current position that you specify. You can
specify the new currentposition in four ways:

3-66

ReGIS Graphics

Vector
e
e
e
e

Absolute — Specifies the actual [X,Y] address of the line’s endpoint.
Relative positioning — Specifies the line’s endpoint relative to the
current location.
Absolute/relative positioning — Specifies the line’s endpoint by using
a relative value for one coordinate and an absolute value for the other.
PV positioning — Uses the PV system to specify the line’s endpoint
relative to the current position. You can use PV positioning with a
temporary write control for PV multiplication.

The formats for the absolute argument form are as follows:
V(X, Y]
V(x]

V[,Y]

The formats for relative argument formsare as follows:
e

Positive X and Y displacement:
V(+X,+Y]

Positive X and negative Y displacement:
V[+X, -Y]

Negative X and positive Y displacement:
V[-X,+Y]

Negative X and Y displacement:

V(-X, -¥]
e

Positive X displacementonly:
V[+X]

Negative X displacementonly:
V(-X]

e¢

Positive Y displacementonly:
V[,+¥]

Negative Y displacementonly:
V[,-Y]

ReGIS Graphics

3-67

Vector
The format for absolute/relative positioning combines parts of the forms
shownfor absolute positioning andrelative positioning.
The draw line argument drawsa straight line from the old current position
to the new current position. Lines are drawn with the pattern mask in
effect, with the pattern repeated cyclically. When using patterns other
than PO (all Os) or P1 (all 1s), you may want to repeat the V keyletter to
reset writing to the first position of the pattern. Otherwise, the pattern
continues whereit finished. This could result, for example, in a blank at a
point where two vectors intersect.
Figure 3-31 showsa bar graph drawn by using absolute, relative, and
absolute/relative arguments to the Vector command.
Figure 3-31:
0
of
100

200

100

479 ™

200

300

400

500

~—«600

700

799
)

V[,400}

(4)

P[-400,200]

(5)

+
|

(6)

oO)

(7)

+——+

(8)

(9)

(10)

(3+ ——+

+— +—- + — + — + ©
©)

NOTE:
THE STARTING POSITION [0,0] FOR THE CURSOR
IS ARBITRARY. THE CIRCLED NUMBERS, AND
CURSORS, ARE SHOWN ONLY TO ILLUSTRATE
THE POSITION OF THE CURSOR AT THE END OF
EACH COMMAND.

[500]

V[200]
[,400]

100]

[+100]

[,+100]

[,-150]

(11)
(12)

[4100]
[,+150]

(14)

[+100]

(13)
J

P[100,100]

(2)

(3)

Q+——+®
@

COMMANDS

(1)

300
400

Bar Graph Using Vector Draw Line Arguments

(15)

[,-20]

[+20]

MLO-396-86

<PV>
The PV value defines an endpoint for a line to be drawn,relative to the
current position. The line is drawnin the direction defined by the PV
value. You can use PV positioning with a temporary write control for PV
multiplication.

3-68

ReGIS Graphics

Vector
The format for PV offset and PV multiplication temporary write options
are as follows:
V(W(M<multiplication value>)) <pv value>

Figure 3-32 shows an image of the PV directions built by using PV
positioning with a temporary write control for PV multiplication.
Figure 3-32:
0°

(

100

PV Directions Graphic Image
200

300

400

500

600

700

799

COMMANDS
P[400,200]

200

V(W(M100))
622637731551044

300

400 :

479

—/
NOTE:

CURSOR IS SHOWN AT AN ARBITRARY STARTING
POSITION [100,100] AND AT ITS POSITION
AT THE END OF THE COMMAND.

MLO-397-86

(B)

This is the bounded sequenceoption.
A sequence option lets you groupsets of vectors into blocks that can be
processed as units. A sequence option consists of a start (or begin) option
and an end option. You can embed Position (P) and Curve (C) commands
in the sequences.
The format for a Vector command bounded sequenceis as follows:
V(B)<embedded options>V(E)

The bounded sequenceis useful to connect the last vector of a sequence to
the starting position of the sequence, thus generating a closed figure.

ReGIS Graphics

3-69

Vector
A bounded sequence consists of at least one begin (B) option and one
end (E) option. Each (B) option stores the coordinate value of the active
position in effect when the option is invoked. A sequence can consist
of up to 16 (B) options. Each (B) option must have a corresponding (E)
option.
Figure 3-33 shows an image drawn by using multiple (B) options, with (C)
commands embeddedin the sequence. Figure 3-34 shows images drawn
by using Vector command bounded sequences.
Figure 3-33:
100

Vector Command Bounded Sequence Example
200

300

400

500

600

700

799

COMMANDS
100

P{200,100]

V(B)

[200,200]

(B)

[400,300]
[300,400]

(E)
C({+20]

300

V [100,50]

(E)

C[+20]

400
479
NOTE:
CURSOR IS SHOWN AT ARBITRARY STARTING POSITION
OF [300,100] AND AT STARTING AND ENDING POSITION
FOR SEQUENCE [200,100) .

3-70

ReGlS Graphics

MLO-398-86

Vector

100

Bounded Sequence Examples
100

200

300

400

500

600

700

799

H< 4]

Figure 3-34:

200

400
479

NOTE:
CURSOR IS SHOWN IN ARBITRARY STARTING POSITION
OF [0,0] AND AT STARTING AND ENDING POINTS OF
EACH SEQUENCE: CIRCLED LETTERS IN FIGURE AND
COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS ARE FOR EASE OF
DESCRIPTION ONLY.

COMMANDS

1A)

P[100,100]
V(B)
[+100]
[,+100]
[-100]
(E)

(8)

P[350,100]
V(B)
[+100]
[,+100]
(E)

{c)

P[{650,150]
V(B)
[700,200]
{,-100]
[-100]
[,+100]
(E)

(0)

P[400,340]
V(B)
[450,400]
[-100]
(E)

(ey

V(B)
(350,250]
[+100]
(E)

MLO-399-86

(S)

This is the unbounded sequence option.
A sequence option lets you group sets of vectors into blocks that can be
processed as units. A sequence option consists of a start (or begin) option
and an end option. You can embed Position (P) and Curve (C) commands
in the sequences.

ReGIS Graphics

3-71

Vector
The format for a Vector command unbounded sequenceis as follows:
V(S)<embedded options>V(E)

The difference between a bounded and unbounded sequenceis the role of
the start option. In bounded sequences, the (B) option tells ReGIS to store
the current position and to return to that position after a corresponding
end (E) option. In unbounded sequences, the (S) option tells ReGIS to
store a dummy, or nonexistent, location. In this case, a corresponding (E)
option does not change the current position.
NOTE
Coordinate values are saved during Vector command unbounded sequences and during Position (P) command sequence
options. The limit for all unended, saved values (includingall
save commands)is 16.

The unbounded sequenceserveslittle purpose for images drawn with a
Vector command. This sequence provides symmetry with the unbounded
sequence of the Curve command.
Figure 3-35 shows the image produced if the same set of commands used
in the bounded sequence in Figure 3-33 were placed in an unbounded
sequence.

3-72

ReGIS Graphics

Vector

Figure 3-35:

100

Vector Command Unbounded Sequence
Example

200

300

400

500

600

700

799

COMMANDS
100

P(200, 100]

v(S)

[200,200]

200

(B)

[400,300]
[300,400]

(E)
300

C[+20]

V [100,50]
(E)

400

C[+20]
_Y

479 *

NOTE:
CURSOR IS SHOWN AT ARBITRARY STARTING POSITION
OF [300,100] AND AT STARTING [200,100] AND ENDING
[100,50] POSITIONS FOR SEQUENCE.

MLO-400-86

(E)

The end of sequence option ends a bounded or unbounded sequence.It
references the last stored (B) or (S) option value. If the value was stored
by a (B) option, a line is drawn from theactive position where (E) is
sensed to the location stored by (B). If the value was stored by an(S)
option, no line is drawn, and the active position remains at the current
position.

(W)

All Vector commandoptions are done with the write control values
currently in effect. The temporary write control option lets you use
different values in a specific Vector command without changing the write
control values. The format for the temporary write control option is as
follows:
V(W(<suboptions>) )<options>

ReGIS Graphics

3-73

Vector
You can use a temporary write control to affect any of the following:
PV multiplication
Pattern control
Foregroundintensity
Type of writing (overlay, erase, replace)
The temporary write control values remain in effect only until one of the
following conditions occurs:
A new temporary write control option is used.
A nonvector commandis performed, such as a Curve command.
A new Vector commandis defined with the Vector command keyletter.

When any oneof these conditions occurs, writing returns to the current

write control values. Figure 3-36 shows images drawn with temporary
write control values affecting only the pattern used.

3-74

ReGlS Graphics

Vector

Figure 3-36:

Temporary Write Control Option Example

0
100
=

200

100
200

300

400

500

600

700

799

CTT “7

+--—7
|
|
|
|
t.
—

|
+

]

300
400

479 \

/
NOTE:

CURSOR IS SHOWN AT ARBITRARY STARTING POSITION
OF [0,0] AND AT STARTING AND ENDING POSITIONS FOR
EACH GRAPHIC.

COMMANDS
(A)

(B)

(C)

P{100,100]
P{)
V(W(P2(M2)))
[+100]
[,+100]

P{300,100]
P{]
V(W(P4(M2)))
[+100]
V[,+100]

P{500,150}]
P[]
V(W(P2(M2)))
[,-75]
[+200]

[-100]

{,-100}

[300,100]

[,+75]

V [-200]
MLO-40 1-86

ReGIS Graphics

3-75

Vector
3.4.4

Vector Command Summary
Table 3-10 summarizes the Vector command arguments. There are no
default values for these arguments.
Table 3-10:

Vector Command Summary

Argument

Description

[]

Draw dot argument. Used to write to a
single pixel defined by the current active
position. Does not movethe cursor.

[XY]

Draw line argument. [X,Y] value defines
the endpoint of a line to be drawn from the
current active position. The [X,Y] value can

be absolute, relative, or absolute/relative.

<PV>

Draw line argument. PV value defines an

endpoint for a line to be drawn,relative to

the current active position, in the direction
defined by the PV value.

3-76

(B)

Begin a bounded sequence option. Stores
the current active position for reference at
the end of the sequence.

(S)

Begin an unbounded sequence option.
Stores a dummyposition for reference at the
end of the sequence.

(E)

End of sequence option. References last
stored (B) or (S) option value.

(W( <suboptions> ))

Temporary write control option. Lets you
select temporary Write Control values
without changing the current Write Control
values. Temporary Write Control values
remain in effect onlyfor the command
controlling them.

ReGlS Graphics

Curve

Curve
The Curve command drawscircles, arcs, and other curved images. The
form of the curve is determined by the write control values in effect when
the Curve commandis invoked.
Thereare three basic types of Curve commands:
e

Circles

§6Arcs

Curve interpolation sequence

You can use the temporary write control option with all three types.

Format

option

Command Arguments
<position>

Description
Circle with center at the current position

Circle with center at specified position

(B)

Closed curve sequence

(A <angle> )[X,Y]
(A <angle> C)[X,Y]
(S)
(E)
(W(...))

Arc with center at the current position
Arc with center at specified position

Open curve sequence

End of an open or closed curve sequence
Temporary write control option

Command Arguments
C <position>
This commandincludes a point through which the circumference of a
circle will be drawn with center at the current position. The current
position at the end of the commandis the sameasit was at the start. This
command can use the sameabsolute, absolute/relative, relative, and PV
positioning value arguments used with the Position (P) and Vector (V)
commands.
The format for the circle with center at the current position is as follows:
C<position>

ReGIS Graphics

3-77

Curve
The position value used with this command depends on whether the
circumference passes through a specific point or the circumference has a
specific radius. If the circumference hasa specific radius, you can specify
either a PV value or a single relative position value. For the circumference
to pass through specific point, you can use absolute positioning, relative
positioning, or absolute/relative positioning.
Figure 3-37 showscircles drawn by using the various position arguments
available for drawing a circle with a center at the current position.
Figure 3-37:
0
0 =

100

Circle with Center at Current Position Example
200

300

400

500

600

100

200
300

400

700

799
‘

(+95)

+
[200,200]

[480,-80]

COMMANDS

650,100
(650,
10 ]

P{200,200]
C{[110,110]
P(+450,100]
C[+95]
P(+250]

+
[425,250]

C[-75,+50]

P[425,250]
C[480,-80]
[-75,+50]

479
NOTE:
ONLY CIRCLES WOULD BE SHOWN; DOTS,
POSITION VALUES, AND CURSORS ARE
FOR REFERENCE.
MLO-402-86

(C) <position>
This option defines the center of a circle, using the current position as the
point through which the circumference of the circle will be drawn. The
current position at the end of the commandis the sameasit was at the
start. This option can use the same absolute, absolute/relative, relative,

and PV positioning value arguments used with the Position (P) and Vector
(V) commands.
The format for the circle with center at a specified position is as follows:
C(C)<position>

3-78

ReGlS Graphics

Curve
Although this option uses the same position values used with thecircle
with center at the current position command, the results are different. In

both cases, the diameter of the circle differs, depending on the specified

position. But with the current position command,thecircle is always
drawn an equal distance around the current position. With the specified
position command, the placementof the circle relative to the current
position depends on the specified position.
Figure 3-38 shows an example. In this figure, two circles with centers at
specified positions are drawn, each with the same current position. As
shown, the circles are drawn in a direction relative to the direction of the
specified position from the current position.
Figure 3-38:
0

0 f=

100

Varying Circle Direction
200

300

400

500

600

700

799

‘

100
COMMANDS

200

[250,240]

[550,240]
{400,240]

P[400,240)

C(C) [+150]

C(C) [-150]

300

400

479
NOTE:
ONLY CIRCLES WOULD BE SHOWN; DOTS,
POSITION VALUES, AND CURSOR ARE
FOR REFERENCE.

MLO-403-86

Figure 3-39 shows examples of circles drawn with the various position
values available for drawing a circle with a center at a specified position.

ReGIS Graphics

3-79

Curve

Figure 3-39:

100

100 |

Circle with Center at Specified Position
Example

200

300

[+90,+40]

500

600

700

799

)

COMMANDS

(500,-70]

200

P[60,60]

C(C) [+90,+40
° (200,350)
C(C) [+100]
P[400,200]
C(C) [500,-70]

[+100,-70]

C(C) [+100,-70]

¥1400,200]

300
400

400

[200,350]

[+100]
e

[+160,+200]

479 “=

P[+160,+200]

NOTE:
ONLY CIRCLES WOULD BE SHOWN; DOTS,
POSITION VALUES, AND CURSORS ARE FOR
REFERENCE.
MLO-404-86

(A <angle> ) <position>

Arcs are sections of a circle. You can drawarcs in either of two ways:

e
e

Arc with center at the current position
Arc with center at a specified position

Both options can usethe relative, absolute/relative, absolute, and PV

positioning value arguments used with Position, Vector, and Curve
commands.

Arc-drawing is at 1-degree resolution. If you specify a degree value
greater than 360 in an arc option, ReGIS draws 360 degrees.
This commanddefines an arc drawn from a specified point. The current

position is considered as the center of a circle, of which the arc is a part.

The current position at the end of this commandis the sameasthe current
position at the start of the option.

3-80

ReGIS Graphics

Curve
The format for the arc with center at the current position commandis as
follows:
C(A<degrees>)<position>

<degrees> provides the number of degrees to be drawn for the arc and
the direction the arc is to be drawn. With no sign or a positive sign (+),
the arc is drawn counterclockwise from the specified position. With a
negative (—) sign, the arc is drawn clockwise.
<position> provides the value of the position at which arc-drawingis
to start. Value is either absolute, relative, absolute/relative, or a PV value
(as defined by the current PV multiplication factor).
Figure 3-40 showstwoarcs drawn with the same basic arc with the center
at the current position. One option uses a positive (+) degree value, and
the other uses a negative (—) value. Figure 3-41 showsarcs drawn with
this same command, using different forms of position values.
Figure 3-40:
0
am

100

Effect of Signed Degree Values on Arc
200

300

400

500

600

700

799
’

100
200

COMMANDS
+

[200,200]

P(200,200]

[600,200 |

C(A180) [+150]
P[+400]

C(A-180) [+150]

300
400

479 \

}
NOTE:
ONLY ARCS WOULD BE SHOWN; LOCATION
VALUES AND CURSORS ARE FOR
REFERENCE.
MLO-405-86

ReGIS Graphics

3-81

Curve

Figure 3-41:
0

100

Effect of Position Values on Arc

200

300

400

500

600

700

799
4

100

COMMANDS

(50,

100]

P([150,150]
C(A-60) [50,100]
P(+50,+50]
C(A-270) [,+150]
P(600,+ 100]
C(A180) {700,+100]

200

[200,200]

300

[600,300]

[,+150]
400
479

[700,+100]
\

_
NOTE:
ONLY ARCS WOULD BE SHOWN: LOCATION
VALUES AND CURSORS ARE FOR
REFERENCE.
MLO-406-86

(A <degrees> C) <position>
This option defines an arc drawn from the current position. The specified

position is the center of a circle, of which the arc is a part. The current

position changesas the arc is drawn. At the end of the command,the
current position is the same as the end of the arc drawn. This is particularly useful for linking the endpoint of one arc with the starting point of
another.
NOTE
Dueto limitations in the accuracy of the curve algorithm for
arcs on some devices, the end position of an arc and thecurrent
position may not be where you would expect. When you chain
arcs, use absolute positioning between them.

3-82

ReGlS Graphics

Curve
The format for the arc with center at specified position commandis as
follows:
C(A<degrees>C) <position>

<degrees> provides the amountof degrees to be drawnfor the arc and
the direction the arc is to be drawn. With nosign or a positive sign (+),
the arc is drawn counterclockwise from the specified position. With a

negative (—) sign, the arc is drawn clockwise.

<position> provides the value of the position at which arc-drawing is
to start. Value is either absolute, relative, absolute/relative, or a PV value
(as defined by the current PV multiplication factor).
Figure 3-42 showsa positive or negative sign affects the way anarcis
drawn. Figure 3-43 showsthe chaining of arcs, using the arc with center
at specified position option.

Figure 3-42:
)

100

Effect of Signed Degree Values on Arc
200

300

400

500

600

700

799

100
2 00

[450,200]

[50,200]

[+150]

[350,200]

[750,200]
°

[-150]

COMMANDS
P [350,200]

C(A180C) [-150]
P[{+700]

300

C(A-180C) [~150]

400
479

J
NOTE:

ONLY ARCS WOULD BE SHOWN: DOTS,
LOCATION VALUES, AND CURSORS
ARE FOR REFERENCE.

MLO_407_86

ReGIS Graphics

3-83

Curve

Figure 3—43:

9)
r

100

Effect of Specified Positions on Arc
200

300

400

500

600

700

799
4

100

[50,100]
200

[150,150]

COMMANDS

[+160,150|

P[{50,100]

C(A-60C) [150,150]

(A135C) [+160, 150]
(A-90C) [+250,+150}

300

400

[+250+150]

L
479

NOTE:
ONLY ARCS WOULD BE SHOWN; DOTS,
LOCATION VALUES, AND CURSORS
ARE FOR REFERENCE.
MLO-—408-86

Curve Interpolation
Curve interpolation uses bounded and unbounded sequencesto define a
set of positions used for interpolation.
A curve drawn during a sequence option is not the result of the function
used to specify points for the curve. It is instead the result of a graphic
technique that produces a reasonable imitation of a function-type curve,
such as those used in graphs. The curverepresents a generalized, nonlinear function intersecting all specified positions. The curve indicates the
presence of a nonlinear function, rather than the functionitself.
You must use a minimum of four positions to ensure that the ReGIS
curve generator is following the function being represented. The positions
should include the current position at the start of the sequence andat
least three specified positions within the sequence, because the curve
generator uses four positions at a time to perform its interpolation. As
each interpolation is performed, the curve generator movesto the next
position in the sequence. The curve generator then performs a new
interpolation, using that position and the previous three. This action
continues until the curve generator usesall positions in a sequence.
3-84

ReGiS Graphics

Curve
There are two types of interpolation sequence options:
e
e

Closed curve sequence option
Open curve sequence option

The closed curve sequence uses the same option syntax as the bounded
sequence options for the Position and Vector commands. The open curve
sequence uses the same unbounded sequenceoptions as the Position and
Vector commands.
You can also use a null position argument with closed and open curve sequences. This argument causes the position value immediately preceding
the null position to be used twice in the interpolation. Theeffects of a null
position depend on howit is used in the sequence. The following sections
provide greater detail concerning the effect of the null position, including
examples.

(B)

This option uses the bounded sequences (used with the Position and
Vector commands) to define the set of positions for interpolating a closed
curve. While the bounded sequencesin Position and Vector commands
can save up to 16 begin options, a closed curve sequence uses only
one begin and end option. Also, bounded sequences in Position and
Vector commands can contain other commands. However, the Curve

(C) command bounded sequence must follow one C command, with no
intervening commands. Any keyletter, including another C, aborts the
curve.
The format for the closed curve sequenceis as follows:
C(B)<positions>(E)

The positioning used in the sequence can be absolute, relative, absolute/relative, or PV values. When you use absolute values, the specified
[X], LY], or [X,Y] location is used for the interpolation. When you use
relative values (including PV values), the value used in the interpolation is
defined as relative to the last current location before the relative position
value (whether that was the current position at the start of the sequence,
or one of the values specified in the sequence). The current position at the
end of the closed curve sequence is the same asthe current position when
the sequencestarted.

ReGIS Graphics

3-85

Curve
You can use the null position argument, [], with the closed curve sequence
to produce tworesults:
Close the curve with a straight line. A null position argumentat the
start and end of the sequencecausesthe valuesof the first and last
positions to be used twice in the interpolation. Figure 3-44 shows a
closed curve, using the null position argument at the start and end of
the sequence.
Figure 3—44:

5°

(

100

Closed Curve Sequence with Null Position

Argument
200

300

400

500

600

700

799

‘

COMMANDS

100

P[100,100]
C(B)

200

[150,200]
[225,125]
[300,200]
[375,125]
[450,200]
[525,125]

(]
[75,125]

300

(]

400
479 —

(E)
)

MLO-409-86

Create a sharper change in the interpolated curve form. A null
position argument during the sequence usesthe value of the preceding
position twice in the interpolation. Figure 3-45 showsthe samefigure
drawn both with and without null position arguments. (Note the Y
values of positions used in the bottom figure have been increased
uniformly by 200, so that you can see the two figures in onegrid.
To clarify the process, numbers andcircles identify in order the
positions used to interpolate the curve. The ReGIS codelisted does
not generate the circles or numbers.) The sequence that creates the
top figure contains no null position arguments, which accounts for the
smoothness of the curves. The sequence that creates the bottom figure
contains three null position arguments after the fourth, eighth, and
tenth position, which causes the curves to become discontinuous.

3-86

ReGIS Graphics

Curve

Figure 3-45:
0

100

Closed Figure with and Without Null Position Argument
200

300

400

500

600

700

799

COMMANDS

100
200
300
400
]

TOP FIGURE

BOTTOM FIGURE

S(E)P[80,60] C(B)
[75,125]
[150,200]
[225,125]
(300,200]
[375,125]
[450,200]
[525,125]
[350,60]
[180,20]
(E)

P([80,260] C(B)[]
[75,325]
[150,400]
[225,325]
(|
(300,400]
[375,325]
[450,400]
[525,325]
(]
[350,260]
[180,220]
[]
(E)

479 New
MLO-4 10-86

Figure 3-46 shows another example of a curve generated by a closed
curve sequence without the null argument.
Figure 3-46:

Closed Curve Sequence Without Null Position Argument
100

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

799

COMMANDS

P[230,240]
200

300

C(B)

[320,160]
[480,120]
(570, 160}
[480,240]
[320,280]

(E)
400
479

MLO-411-86

ReGIS Graphics

3-87

Curve
(S)

This option uses the unbounded sequences (used with Position and Vector
commands) to define a set of positions for interpolation of an open curve.
However, the unbounded sequences available to Position and Vector
commands can save up to 16 start options; an open curve sequence uses
only one start and end option.
The format for an open curve sequenceis as follows:
C(S)<positions>(E)

You use the null position argument, [], with the open curve sequence argument, when you are drawing a curve from the current position through
to the last specified location. Without the null argument, the curve inter-

polation still considers all the position values for the actual interpolation.
However, the curve is drawn from the position specified immediately
following (S) to the secondto last position. The null argument duplicates
the first and last positions, extending the drawing of the curve through
those locations, if desired. The current position at the end of an open

curve sequenceis the last position specified in the argumentlist.

You can also use the null position argument to use anyspecified value
twice during interpolation. This method creates a sharper change in the
interpolated curve form. Figure 3-47 shows an example of an open curve
generated without using null position arguments.
Figure 3-48 shows the curve generated when the same commandis
invoked with null arguments.

3-88

ReGIS Graphics

Curve

Figure 3—47:

100

Open Curve Sequence Without Null Position
Arguments
200

300

400

500

COMMANDS
100

S\S\

200

P[75,125]

C(S)

[150,200]
[225,125]
[300,200]
[375,125]
[450,200]
[525,125]

300

(E)
400
479

MLO-4 12-86

Figure 3—48:

100

Open Curve Sequence with Null Position

Arguments

200

300

400

500

600

700

799
COMMANDS

100

P(75,125]

C(S)

300

400
479

MLO-4 13-86

ReGIS Graphics

3-89

Curve
(W)

Curve commandsusethe write control values currently in effect. The
temporary write control option lets you use different values in a specific
Curve command without changing the current values.
You can use a temporary write control to affect any of the following:
e
e
e
e
e

=PV multiplication
Pattern control
Foreground intensity
Type of writing (overlay, erase, replace)
Shading control

The format for this option is as follows:
C(W(<suboptions>) )<options>

The temporary write control values remain in effect only until one of the
following conditions occurs:
e
e

Anew temporary write control option is used (only values specified
change).
Anew command keyletter is encountered (including another Curve
command).

When oneof these conditions occurs, writing returns to the current write

control values. Figure 3-49 showsa graph using a temporary write control
option to change open curve sequences. In this example, only the pattern
is affected.

3-90

ReGIS Graphics

Curve

Figure 3-49:

Temporary Write Control Option Example

300

400

500

COMMANDS
P[100,100]

V[,+300]
[+400]

100

P(100,-80]

200

oor

300

—_

aed
oe

_
oe

C(W(P2))
(S)

[]
[+100,-30]
[+100,-50]
[+100,-30]
[+100,-20]

400

479

(]

(E)
P{ 100,300)

C(W(P4))
(S)
{]
[+100]
{+100,-40]
[+100,-20]

{+100,-40] []

(E)

MLO-4 14-86

ReGIS Graphics

3-91

Curve
3.4.5

Curve Command Summary
Table 3-11 summarizes the Curve command arguments. There are no
default values for these arguments.
Table 3-11:

Curve Command Summary

Argument

Description

[X,Y]

Circle with center at the current position. [X,Y]
defines a point on the circumference of the circle. The [X,Y] value can be absolute, relative, or
absolute/relative.

(C)[X,Y]

Circle with center at specified position. [X,Y] defines

the center of the circle, while the current active posi-

tion defines a point on the circumference. The [X,Y]
value can be absolute, relative, or absolute/relative.

(A <degrees> )[X,Y]

Arc with center at the current position. [X,Y] defines
the starting point for drawing the arc, while the
signed value of the <degrees> determines which
direction the arc is drawn from that point: plus
sign (+) for counterclockwise, and minussign (—) for
clockwise. The [X,Y] value can be absolute, relative,
or absolute/relative.

(A <degrees> C)[X,Y]

Arc with center at specified position. [X,Y] defines
the center, while the current active position is the

point from which the arc is drawn. The signed value
for <degrees> determines which direction the arc
is drawn: plus sign (+) for counterclockwise, and
minus sign (-) for clockwise. The [X,Y] value can be
absolute, relative, or absolute/relative.

3-92

(B) <positions> (E)

Closed curve sequence. Defines a closed curve
graphic image built from interpolation of [X,Y]
positions specified within the sequence. The [X,Y]
values can be absolute, relative, or absolute/relative.

(S) <positions > (E)

Open curve sequence. Defines an open curve graphic
image built from interpolation of [X,Y] positions
specified within the sequence. The [X,Y] values can
be absolute, relative, or absolute/relative.

ReGIS Graphics

Curve
Table 3-11 (Cont.):

Curve Command Summary

Argument

Description

[]

Null position argument. Used with either sequence
option to affect interpolation. The null argument
stores a position equal to the last specified active
position as part of the positions to interpolate. When
used at the beginning of a sequence, the value stored
is the current active position.

(W( <suboptions> ))

Temporary write control option. Lets you select
temporary write control values without changing
the current write control values. Temporary write
control values remain in effect only for the command
controlling them.

ReGIS Graphics

3-93

PolygonFill

Polygon Fill
You use the Polygon Fill command(F) to draw filled, closed figures, such
as circles, ellipses, triangles, and squares. There are four basic options to
the Polygon Fill command:

Format

e
e
e
e

Vector option
Curve andarc option
Position option
Temporary write control option

option

Command Arguments

Description

(V)
(C)
(P)
(W <suboptions> )

Vector option
Curve and arc option
Position option
Temporary write control option

Command Arguments

(V)

The Polygon Fill commandaccepts all Vector command options and
arguments, which allows youto draw filled figures, such as squares,
rectangles, and diamonds.
The basic format of the Polygon Fill command using a vector option is as
follows:
F (V<positions>)

<positions> identifies the positions of the vertices.
Figure 3-50 showsa filled square and a filled diamond drawn byusing the
Polygon Fill command with the vector option and the bounded sequence
(B) suboption.

3-94

ReGIS Graphics

Polygon Fill

Figure 3-50:

Vector Option Example

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

799

100

200

300

400
479

COMMANDS

P [50,200]
F (V (B) [+100]
[. +100]
[-100]
(E))

P[400,300]
F (V (B) [300,200]
[200,300]
[300,400]
(E))

FILLED SQUARE

FILLED DIAMOND
MLO-4 15-86

(C)

The Polygon Fill commandaccepts all Curve commandoptions and
arguments, which allows you to draw filled, curved figures, such ascircles
andellipses.
The basic format of the Polygon Fill commandusing a curve option is as
follows:
F(C<position>)

<position> provides coordinate values for the circle’s center and radius.

ReGIS Graphics

3-95

Polygon Fill
Figure 3-51 showsa filled ellipse and a filled circle. The circle is drawn
by using the Polygon Fill commandandthe curve option. Theellipse is
drawn by using the Polygon Fill commandandthe curve option with the
closed curve (B) suboption.
Figure 3-51:

0
0”

Curve Option Example

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

799
‘

100
[100,200]

300

400
479

COMMANDS

P [100,200]
F (C (B)
[+200]
(. +100]
(—200]
(E))

P [500,300}
F (C[+100])

FILLED ELLIPSE

FILLED CIRCLE
MLO-4 16-86

(P)

The Polygon Fill commandaccepts all Position command options and
arguments. The position option does not generate graphic images, as do
the curve and vector options. You can use the P option with the open
curve function of the curve option to set the slope at an open curve’s
endpoints. You can also use the P option to reset the position before and
after an arc with its center at the current position.

3-96

ReGIS Graphics

Polygon Fill
The format of a Polygon Fill command using the position option with the
curve option is as follows:
F(C(A + <degrees>)<position>P<position>)

<degrees> provides the amount of degrees to be drawn for the arc and
the direction the arc is to be drawn.
<position> first provides the value of the position at which the arc
drawing is to start. The second value for <position> is the new position.
Figure 3-52 showsfilled, connected arcs and a filled, connected arc and
rectangle. The connected arcs are drawn with the Polygon Fill command,
the position option, and the open curve option. The connected arc and
rectangle are drawn with the Polygon Fill command, the position option,
the vector option, and the open curve option.

ReGIS Graphics

3-97

Polygon Fill

Figure 3-52:

Position Option Example
O

100

200

300

400

500

600

700 799

100

200

300

400
479

COMMANDS

P [200,200]

F(C (A + 270)
[+50,—50]
P[+100]
C (A + 270)
[—50,+50})

FILLED CONNECTED ARCS

COMMANDS

P [450,300]

F (C(C,A + 270)
[—50]
V [, +50]
(+100]
[.-100}
(—50] )

FILLED CONNECTED
ARC AND RECTANGLE
MLO-417~-86

(W)

The Polygon Fill commandaccepts all Write command options and
arguments. You can use temporary write control options as options of the
Polygon Fill commandor suboptions of the C and V options.
The format of a Polygon Fill command using the temporary write control
commandas an optionis as follows:
F (W(<suboptions>)<options>)

3-98

ReGlS Graphics

Polygon Fill
The format of a Polygon Fill command using the temporary write control
commandas a suboptionis as follows:
F (C(W(<sub-suboptions>) <suboptions>) <options>)

NOTE
Only the last W option in a Polygon Fill commandaffects
the graphic image. Other W options have noeffect, because
no drawing takes place in a Polygon Fill command, until the
complete commandis read. The one exception is when you use
pixel vector multiplication as a suboption of the W option.
Figure 3-53 shows a pie segmentfilled with Xs and a filled box with
rounded corners. The pie segmentis drawn with the Polygon Fill command, the temporary write control option with the shading character
select (S) suboption, and the vector option. The box with rounded corners
is drawn with the Polygon Fill command, temporary write control option
with the foreground intensity suboption, the vector option, and the open
curve option.

ReGIS Graphics

3-99

Polygon Fill

Figure 3-53:

9°

Temporary Write Control Option Example

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

799

100

Acs

200

Any”

a
300

400
479 L

COMMANDS
P [200,100]
F (W (I (W)),

V [+100]
C (C, A —90)[,+50}
Vi.+100]
C (C, A —90) [—50]
V[—100]}
C (C, A —90)[,-50}
V[,-100]
C(C, A —90) [+50)}}
FILLED BOX WITH
ROUNDED CORNERS

COMMANDS
P [400,300]

F(W(S "X’),

V (B) [+200,—100}
C(C, A +30)
(—200,+100]
V (E))

PIE SEGMENT FILLED
WITH Xs
MLO-4 18-86

Filling Complex Polygons
You fill complex polygons just as you would simple polygons. However,
for more complex polygons, you must use a structured, logical method.
The following method is one example:
1.

Build a ReGIS commandstring that draws the outline of the polygon.

This commandstring may use Vector, Curve, and Position commands.

The outline should be a single, closed figure and must not have any
gaps or cross overitself.
3-100

ReGIS Graphics

Polygon Fill
2.

Enclose the commandstring from step 1 in a Polygon Fill command,
as follows:
F(<ReGIS command string>)

If a sequence of ReGIS commands(C, V, and P) drawsa line drawing,
then enclosing the same commandsin F(C, V, and P) drawsandfills-in
the same shape.
If you want your polygon to have a contrasting outline, you can use a

macrographin the following way:
@:A <ReGIS commands> Q;

;"Load macrograph"

F (QA)

;"Fill polygon"

;"Draw outline"

Figure 3-54 showsa filled paper icon with a dotted outline drawn with
the Polygon Fill command, the C, V, and W options, and macrographs.

ReGIS Graphics

3-101

Polygon Fill

Figure 3-54:

0
07

Filling a Complex Polygon

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

=799
‘

100
200

300

400
J

500 L

COMMANDS |

P [200,200]
@:x
V(B)

[+70]
P (-25,-10]
C (S) [+25, +10]
[-25, +10]
[-50,—20]
(-25,+10]
[+25, +10]
P [-25,—10]

COMMANDS II

P (200,200]
W (P4) @X WiP1)

PAPER ICON OUTLINE

V [,-70] (E) @;

F(W (I 1), @ X)
FILLED PAPER ICON
MLO-419-86

3-102

ReGlS Graphics

Polygon Fill
Using the Polygon Fill Command
Consider the following points when you use the Polygon Fill command:
Vertices. You must specify at least three different vertices, or no
drawing takes place. If you specify more than 1450 vertices, ReGIS
ignores the additional vertices. Two consecutive vertices that map to
the same physical pixel are counted as onevertex.
NOTE
For the V option, each argument generates one vertex. For
the C option, each argument can generate more than one

vertex.

Closed Figures. If the commandsfor creating a polygon do notrepresent a true closed figure with all vertices given in the same direction,
the Polygon Fill commandacts as if consecutive vertices are connected
by straight lines. The results may be unexpected.
Perimeter. In some cases when you use the Polygon Fill command,
the outline of the filled area may not line up with the vectors that
connect the same vertices. The reason is an algorithmic restriction,
which implies that you should draw a borderafterthe filled area.
Single Closed Figures. Use the Polygon Fill commandtofill single
closed figures only. The Polygon Fill commandis not designed to
fill polygons madeof intersecting groups of single closed figures.
Although the Polygon Fill commandcanfill these polygons, the
results may be unexpected.
Current Position. The current drawing position is saved at the beginning of a Polygon Fill commandandrestored at the end of the
command. The Polygon Fill commandsaves andrestores the position whether or not any drawing takes place. This feature provides
some compatibility with devices that do not have the Polygon Fill
command.
Sequence of Coordinates Options. Any Polygon Fill commandstring
that changes the arrangementof positions stored by sequence of
coordinates options (B and E options) is not compatible with ReGIS
devices that do not have the Polygon Fill command. Therefore, do not
use unmatchedB,S, or E options within the Polygon Fill command.

ReGIS Graphics

3-103

Polygon Fill
3.4.6

Polygon Fill Command Summary
Table 3-12 summarizes the Polygon Fill command options. These arguments do not have default values.
Table 3-12:

3-104

Polygon Fill Command Summary

Argument

Description

(V <positions> )

Vector option. Drawsfilled figures, such as
squares, rectangles, and diamonds.

(C <position> )

Curve and arc option. Drawsfilled figures,
such as circles and ellipses.

(P <position> )

Position option. Can be usedto reset position before and after an arc with center at
the current position. Can be used with the
open curve function of the curve option to
set the slope at an open curve’s endpoints.

(W( <suboptions> )
<options> )

Temporary write control option. Lets you
select temporary write control values without
changing the current write control values.
Temporary write control values remain in
effect only for the commandcontrolling
them.

ReGIS Graphics

Text

Text
The Text commandlets you draw characters in many combinationsofsize,

position, and orientation. You can use characters from one of the standard

character sets or from a user-loadable character set. The standard character
sets include: DEC Multinational (including ASCII), ISO Latin-1, DEC
Technical, DEC Special Graphics, and 12 National Replacement Character
Sets — United Kingdom, French, French Canadian, Norwegian/Danish,

Finnish, German, Dutch, Italian, Swiss, Swedish, Spanish, and Portuguese.

(Refer to charts in Appendix A.)

The following are options and arguments to the Text command:
e

Text strings

e
e
e¢
e

Character set
Character positioning
Size options
=©Height multiplier

e
e
e
e
e
e

Size multiplier
String/charactertilt
Italics
PV spacing
Temporary text control
Temporary write control

Specified character set, positioning, size, height, tilt, italics, and PV
spacing values remain in effect until you define new values. Temporary
write control option values remain in effect only for the text command
controlling them. The temporary text control option hasspecific start and
end options. Following the start option, all values are considered part of
the temporary text control until the end option.
Character Drawing
Text command options determine the form of characters that are drawn
while you use the Text command. However, all characters are drawn in
basically the same manner. A character is taken from a stored character
set, scaled according to multiplication value, positioned at the proper
tilt and italic angles, then drawnat the current position. The size of the
loaded alphabets is 8 x 10 bits.

ReGIS Graphics

3-105

Text
The current position at the start of each character is the pivotal point
for drawing the character on the screen. Thestarting current position is
always the pixel value that is the upperleft point of the stored character
form. Pivoting occurs around that point. For example, a character drawn
by using normalorientation (text drawnleft to right on a straight line, with
no tilt to the characters) appears to the right and down from thecurrent
position. If the character were tilted 180 degrees, it would be drawnto the
left and up from the current position. The character escapementvalue (the
relative displacement of the current position after each character is drawn)
is then used for positioning additional characters.
Figure 3-55 shows examples of a loaded alphabet: The top row,first
column, andthe final two columnsare blank to allow for spacing between
characters. The upperleft pixel of each 8 x 10 format is positioned at the
current position.
Figure 3-55:

Stored Character Format Examples
OO000000

OO000000

OO00@000

OO000000

OO00@0800

OO000000

O0@00080

008080000

O®0O0000@

O@00008080

00@ 000000

O@000080

O®0O0000®@

00000000

O®C0000@

O0O00008@0

OO000000

OOB00080

OO000000

O008@08@00

(A)

(B)

UPPERCASE A

LOWERCASE g
MLO-420-86

3-106

ReGIS Graphics

Text
Format

option

Command Arguments

Description

“<text> °
(A <n> )
(AO(L"designator”))
(AO(R"designator”))

Text string

[X,Y]

(S <n> )

(S[ <width,height> ])
(U[ <width,height> ])
(H <n> )
(M[ <width,height> })

(D <angle> )

(D <angle> ,S <O-16> )

(D <angle> ,S <O-16> ,
D <angle> )
(| <angle> )
<PV>
(B) <options> (E)
(W( <options> ))

Character set option
Left half selection option

Right half selection option
Character positioning argument
Standard character cell size option
Display cell size option
Unit cell size option
Height multiplier option

Size multiplication option
Character tilt option

String tilt option

String/character tilt option
Italics option
PV spacing argument
Temporary text control option
Temporary write control option

Command Arguments
“text string”

Text strings define the text characters to be drawn or printed. You can
use any 8-bit graphic character in the text string. This includes characters
that ReGIS would recognize as commandinstructions, if the characters
were not part of the text string: the semicolon (;), the resynchronization
character, and the at sign (@) used with macrographs. In addition, you
can use four control characters as part of a text string:
e
e

Carriage return (CR). Returns the current position back to the position
in effect when the current text writing commandstarted.
Linefeed (LF). Moves the current position down from the current
baseline (the reference line from which characters are drawn), to a
position equal in distance to the current vertical cell size (the amount
of screen area to be written for each character).

ReGIS Graphics

3-107

Text
e

Backspace (BS). Moves the current position back one character position, using the current character escapement value, and provides a
simple means of generating an overstrike.
Horizontal Tab (HT). Movesthe current position forward one character
position, using the current text escapementvalue.

The format for a text string in its simplest form, that is, with all options at
previously defined values,is as follows:
T"<text string>"

A text string is enclosed by a set of quotation marks,either single or
double (refer to Section 3.3.2.2).
(A <n> )
The character set option is used to select which set is to be used for
drawing or printing a text string. You can select any of four charactersets.
Set 0 is the standard character set containing either the DEC Multinational
Character Set, which is a superset of ASCII, or other predefined character

sets. Set 0 contains up to 192 printable characters. Sets 1, 2, and 3 are

sets you can load. These sets contain up to 96 printable characters.

If you select a loadable set (1, 2, or 3) that contains no characters, a solid

rectangle appears on the page for each text string character. The same
result occurs when a specified text character is not present in a selected
characterset.
The format for selecting a character set is as follows:
T(A<n>)

<n> is 0, 1, 2, or 3.

(AO(L“designator”))
(AO(R“designator”))
Using the “L” and “R” suboptions for alphabet 0, you can specify which
character sets load into the left half (characters 32 to 127) and theright
half (characters 160 to 255) of the codetable.
“L” indicates the left half. “R” specifies the right half.
The variable “designator” is a 2- or 3-character sequence enclosed in
quotation marks that specifies the character set to be loadedinto theleft
or right half of the alphabet 0 code table. The first character is any of the
following (which are equivalent):

3-108

ReGIS Graphics

Text
e

$ (dollar sign)

e
e
e
e
e

& (ampersand)
( (open parenthesis)
) (close parenthesis)
* (asterisk)
+ (plus sign)

— (dash)

—. (period)

§=/ (slash)

0,1, 2, 3, 4, or 5

RETOS includes this first character for compatibility with the ANSI
character set selection process. The second andthird (when applicable)
characters specify the character set to be loaded. (See Table 3-13.)
.
Table 3-13:

Character Set Designators

Character Set

Designator

ASCII

DEC Special Graphics (line drawing)

DEC Supplemental (right half of DEC

< or %5

DEC Technical

Multinational)

United Kingdom

French

French Canadian

Q or 9

Norwegian/Danish

E or 6

Finnish

Cor5

German

Dutch

Italian

Swiss

Swedish

H or 7

ReGIS Graphics

3-109

Text
Table 3—13 (Cont.):
Character Set

Character Set Designators
,

Designator

Spanish

Portuguese

%6
NOTE

By default, ASCII is in the left half of the code table and DEC
Supplementalis in the right half.
For example, to print the diamond pattern from the DEC Special Graphics
character set, use either of the following commands:
TC(AO(L"(B"))"b"
T(AO(R" (B") ) Natt

The first command loads DEC Special Graphics into the left half of
alphabet 0, and the second loads DEC Special Graphics into the right half.

[X,Y]

This argument specifies a character escapementvalue that defines the new
current position after each character is drawn. This is one of the two ways
to select character positioning, which affects spacing between characters.
The other way to select character positioning is to select a standard cell
size which selects the character escapement value associated with that
standard size. (See the description of (S <n> ).)
Usually, the character positioning argumenthas only a positive X value.
This produces a text string drawnacross the screen from left to right,
at whateverbaseline orientation is in effect for the string (tilt and italics
options), with equal spacing between characters. However, you can use a
negative X value to draw a string backwards. You can also use Y values (+
and —) with different X values (+ or —) for a staircase effect.
The format for the character positioning argumentis as follows:
T<position>

<position> provides a relative positioning value to define character
spacing ([+X,+Y], [-X,+Y], [-X, -Y], [+X, -Y], [+X], [-X], L+Y], or L-Y]).
Figure 3-56 shows how different character escapementvalues can affect
howa text string is drawn.

3-110

ReGiS Graphics

Text

Figure 3-56:
0

or
100

100

Character Positioning Argument Example
200

300

ABCD

400

500

D D

600

700

=3=799

)

COMMANDS

P(100,100)

ance
T(S4)

P(300]

T [35,25]
‘ABCD’
P[575, 100]
T[-35,25]
‘ABCD’

300

400

479 L

MI.O-42 1-86

(S <n> )

Standard character cell size is one of the three size options. It is also one
of the two ways to select character escapement, which affects spacing
between characters. (The other method of selecting character escapement,
[X,Y], is described in this section.)
Seventeen standard character cell sizes are available: size 0 through size
16. Each standard character cell size has assigned values. These values
define a display cell size (amountof display area used for each character
in a text string), unit cell size (height and width values for the characters
to be drawn within the display cell), and character escapement(relative
displacement of the current position after each character is drawn).
The format for the standard character cell size option is as follows:
T(S<n>)

<n> is a number 0 through 16.
NOTE
Values are in ReGIS logical coordinates with default addressing

mode S(A[0,0][799,479]).

ReGIS Graphics

3-111

Text
Table 3-14 defines the values associated with each standard character cell
size.

Table 3—14:

Standard Character Cell Size Values

Standard
Size

Unit
Cell Size

Display Cell
Size

Character Escapement

[8,10]

[9,10]

[9,0]

[8,20]

[9,20]

[9,0]

[16,30]

[18,30]

[18,0]

[24,45]

[27,45]

[27,0]

[32,60]

[36,60]

[36,0]

[40,75]

[45,75]

[45,0]

[48,90]

[54,90]

[54,0]

[56,105]

[63,105]

[63,0]

[64,120]

[72,120]

[72,0]

[72,135]

[81,135]

[81,0]

S10

[80,150]

[90,150]

[90,0]

S11

[88,165]

[99,165]

[99,0]

$12

[96,180]

[108,180]

[108,0]

$13

[104,195]

[117,195]

[117,0]

S14

[112,210]

[126,210]

[126,0]

$15

[120,225]

[135,225]

[135,0]

S16

[128,240]

[144,240]

[144,0]

(S[ <width,height> ])

Display cell size is one of the three size options. It lets you define the
height and width of a display cell that differs from those in the standard
character cell sizes. This display cell represents the amount of image area
for each character of text.
The format for the display cell size option is as follows:
T(S{width, height] )

The width and height values provide the size of the display cell in ReGIS
logical coordinates.

3-112

ReGiS Graphics

Text
Nospecific unit cell sizes are associated with display cell size option
values. The display cell size option does not changethesize of the
printed character; the unit size option changes charactersize.
(U[ <width, height])
Unit cell size is one of the three size options. It lets you define the size of
the characters.
The format for the unit cell size option is as follows:
T(U[width, height] )

The width and height values provide the size of the unit cell in ReGIS
logical coordinates.
Unless you want special effects, the unit cell size should be as close as
possible to the display cell size. ReGIS usesall of the displaycell for
each character, filling any unused space with the appropriate background
intensity. ReGIS also uses only the amountof defined display area,
regardless of the unit cell size.
All characters are justified at the upper left corner in the display cell,
relative to the current character baseline orientation. When the unitcell
is smaller than the display cell, the whole character appears on the page,
with the unused part of the display cell at the background value. When
the unit cell is larger than the display cell, only the part of the character
that can fit into the display area appears on the page.
Figure 3-57 shows what happens when the same unit cell size and
different display cell size values are used for printing the same text string.

ReGIS Graphics

3-113

Text

Figure 3-57:
0
100
0 —
100

200

Display Cell and Unit Cell Size Options Example
300

400

500

600

700

799
~
COMMANDS

ABD

200
300

-00,100
T[54\(S[36,60].U[40,60]}
A B

(25,]’ABCD’

P[300,200]

T(S(54,90] )

[50,] ABCD’
P(300,300]

CAT

T(S[27,45] )

(25,] ABCD’

400
479 \

J
MLO-422-86

(H <n> )

The height multiplier option lets you change the height of characters
without affecting the width. The height multiplier option changes the
height value of both the display and unit cells.
The format for the height multiplier option is as follows:
T(H<n>)

<n> provides a multiplication value.
Multiplication is done against the standard character sizes, with H2 being
the height of standard size 1. Therefore, an option value of 8 changes the
height components of the display and unit cells to 54, while a value of 16
changes the same components to 58. The changein display cell and unit
cell height values occurs regardless of differences that may exist in those
values before the height multiplier option is invoked.
Figure 3-58 showsthe effect of the height multiplier option. As shown,
only the height values change; character positioning and width values
remain the same.

3-114

ReGIS Graphics

Text

Figure 3-58:
0

100

Height Multiplier Option Example

100
Inmet ocrint

200
a

300

400

height

500

600

700

799

COMMANDS
P (50,50)
T ($3,H1)
‘height 1’
T (H6)
‘height 6’
T (H16)
‘height 16’

200

300

400

wo \

MLO-423-86

(M[ <width,height> ])
The size multiplier option is an alternative way of specifying the unit
cell size, provided for VT125 compatibility. You can specify different
multiplication factors, including fractional values, for width and height.
The format of the size multiplier option is as follows:
T(M([width, height] )

Width and height values provide multiplication values.
With this option, the unit width equals the width multiplier you specify,
multiplied by the standard size unit width (S1). The unit height equals
the height multiplier you specify, multiplied by the standard unit height
divided by 2.
String/Character Tilt Options
The normal orientation of text is along a horizontal baseline, with characters drawn from left to right. However, in some graphic applications, you
may wantto write the text at an angle. The string/character tilt options
let you tilt text strings and the characters within text strings, in 1-degree
increments for 360 degrees. There are three types oftilt options:

ReGIS Graphics

3-115

Text
e

Character tilt option — Defines the tilt value for the characters in the
string.

String tilt option — Defines the orientation of the text string to the
horizontal baseline.

String/character tilt option — Defines twotilt values: one for the text
string as a unit, and one for the characters in thestring.

These tilt options are separate from italic tilting.
Figure 3-59 is a tilt compass that showsthe direction of tilt for sometilt
values you can use with the tilt options.
Figure 3-59:

Tilt Compass
+135°
-225°

+90°
270°

+45°
315°

+180°<

—» 0°

+225°

+270"

-135°

-90

+315°
-45°

MLO-424-86

(D <angle> )

The charactertilt option defines the tilt for the characters in the string.
The format for the character tilt option is as follows:
T(D<angle>)

<angle> provides the value of the charactertilt, in degrees.
Figure 3-60 shows howdifferent angles affect how characters are drawn.

3-116

ReGIS Graphics

Text

Figure 3-60:

Character Tilt Option Directions

STARTING
CURRENT
POSITION

(A) O° CHARACTER
TILT

STARTING
CURRENT
POSITION

(B) 180° CHARACTER
TILT

STARTING
CURRENT
POSITION

MLO-425-86

(D <angle> ,S <0O-16> )
The string tilt option defines a baseline. ReGIS drawsthe characters in a
text string along this baseline. When youusethis option, the baseline of
each character in the string is at the definedtilt.
The format for the string tilt option is as follows:
T(D<angle>, S<0-16>)

<angle> provides the value of the string tilt, in degrees.
S <0-16> identifies one of the 17 standard sizes. Escapementassociated
with that size determines spacing between characters duringthetilt
option.
Some devices, such as the VT240, cannot accurately rotate text. When a

character is drawn at a diagonal orientation, distortion occurs (relative to
the size of that same character drawn at an orthogonalorientation). In
some graphic applications, you may wantto keep this distortion. If not,
you can partially correct the distortion by adjusting the size value. To
adjust the distortion, define a size one-half the desired width for diagonal
characters. Note that diagonal characters always havea slight distortion
of size. This distortion is more apparent when drawing larger characters

at 45, 135, 225, and 315 degrees. You may need to perform an additional

adjustment.

ReGIS Graphics

3-117

Text
For example, if you are drawing a size 8 character (64 x 120 screen
coordinates) at 45 degrees, you would define the character size as a 4
(32 x 60 coordinates), with an H factor of 6 (60 pixels, 120 coordinates).
However, in this case, you could get a better result by defining set 3 (24 x
45 coordinates) with an H factor of 5 (50 pixels, 100 screen coordinates).
RETOSspaces characters in a tilted string further apart than the characters
in a horizontal string. (See Figure 3-61.) You can explicitly adjust the
character spacing by using the T[X,Y] command.
RETOSrotates text in increments of 45 degrees, which is compatible with
the VT200 and VT300 Series terminals.
Figure 3-61 shows howeachstring tilt value affects a text string drawn on
the screen.

3-118

ReGIS Graphics

Text

Figure 3-61:

String Tilt Directions

STARTING

STARTING
ACTIVE

STARTING

ACTIVE
POSITION

POSITION

ACTIVE
POSITION

\ C3
mm

ABCD reoO
(A) 0° TILT

é }

(D)135° TILT

(B) 45° TILT

STARTING

POSITION

ACTIVE

(E) 180° TILT

STARTING

ACTIVE
POSITION

STARTING

ACTIVE

POSITION

(F) 225° TILT

(G) 270° TILT

(H) 315° TILT

MLO-426-86

ReGIS Graphics

3-119

Text
(D <angle> , S <O—16> , D <angle> )
The string/character tilt option first defines a tilt orientation for a text
string, then a separate orientation for the characters in thestring.
The format for the string/character tilt option is as follows:
T(D<angle>, S<0-16>, D<angle>)

<angle> provides the value of the stringtilt, in degrees.
S <0-16> identifies one of the 17 standard sizes. Escapement associated
with that size determines spacing between characters during thetilt
option.
The VT240 cannotaccurately rotate text; to adjust for this, VT240 ReGIS

increases the size of the rotated characters. RETOS spaces characters in a
tilted string further apart than the characters in a horizontal string. (See
Figure 3-62.) You can explicitly adjust the character spacing by using the
T[X,Y] command.
Figure 3-62 showsdifferent effects produced by the string/charactertilt
option. This figure does not show character distortion. The size value was
adjusted. For example, to match a size 1 character drawn at 90 degrees on
a string tilted at 45 degrees, use the command T(D45, S0H2, D90).

3-120

ReGIS Graphics

Text

Figure 3-62:

String/Character Tilt Option Directions

STARTING
ACTIVE
POSITION

gf of
&
,

2
(A) 45° STRING/
315° CHARACTER
TILTS

STARTING
ACTIVE
POSITION

(B) 270° STRING/
315° CHARACTER
TILTS

Sy
C;

STARTING
ACTIVE
POSITION

STARTING
ACTIVE
POSITION
(D) 45° STRING/
90° CHARACTER
TILTS

(E) 90° STRING/
45° CHARACTER
TILTS

B
Cy
(F) 315° STRING/
0° CHARACTER
TILTS
MLO-427-86

(I <angle> )

The italics option lets you tilt characters without changing their orientation
to the baseline, giving you slanted text.

ReGIS Graphics 3-121

Text
The format for the italics option is as follows:
T(I<angle>)

<angle> identifies the degree of italic slant and the direction of the slant
(to the left, if no sign; to the right, if negative sign).
When drawingitalic characters, ReGIS displaces each horizontal slice of
the characters. However, italic slants do not significantly distort the basic
width and height values of a character. You can useitalic slants with the
tilt option to create slant/tilt effects not available with either tilt or italics
options alone.
RETOSusesthe values in Table 3-15 to representitalic angles.
Table 3-15:
Angle Requested
(degrees)

RETOSItalic Angles
Angle Drawn
(degrees)

Less than -30

-45

-30 to -1

-26.5

1 to 30

26.5

Greater than 30

Figure 3-63 showsan H character with different italic slant values.

3-122

ReGiS Graphics

Text

Figure 3-63:

Italic Option Slant Values

MH YA NA
1122)

T1148)

H #
(D)
T(I-22)

(E)
T (1-45)

MLO-—428-86

<PV value>
The Text command uses PV spacing arguments to define overstrike,
superscript, and subscript functions. The direction specified by the PV
value is relative to the character rotation.
In Text commands, each PV value defines a movement equal to onehalf of

the defined display cell, in the specified direction. The PV multiplication
factor does not affect this movement.

The format for the PV spacing argumentis as follows:
T<PV value>

<PV value> defines the offset to occur with each PV value specified
equal to an offset of 1/2 of the currently defined display cell size.

ReGIS Graphics

3-123

Text
The PV spacing argument can use anyof the eight pixel vector direction
values. The following are the most useful:
Value

Function

Superscripts. Displaces the character up and to the right of the
baseline.
Superscripts. Displaces the character straight up from the baseline.
Overstrikes. A 44 displaces the character back over a previously
drawn cell.
Subscripts. Displaces the character straight down from thebaseline.
Subscripts. Displaces the character down andto the right of the
baseline.

You can use PV offset values of 3, 5, and 0, but they partially overwrite
the previous character (using normal escapement).
A specified PV value offsets the following text strings from the original
baseline, until you correct the offset. You correct the offset by specifying
the opposite PV value. For example, 6 corrects 2, and 2 corrects 6. For an
overstrike (44), use the PV value of 00.
NOTE
Text PV spacing action is in relation to the baseline. This action
rotates with the baseline, if the baselineis tilted. PV spacing
is done in terms of display cell size. If the escapement value
is set differently (by the character positioning argument), a PV
44 does not producethe desired overstrike. The backspace
code (0/8) moves backwards one character space as set by the
character positioning argument.
Figure 3-64 is an example of subscripting with the PV spacing argument.

3-124

ReGIS Graphics

Text

Figure 3-64: PV Spacing Argument Example
0
0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

799
‘

100
COMMANDS
200

P[300,200]

H.~. » O

T(S2)

H'7'2'1'0'

300

400
479 “=

MLO-429-86

(B) <options=> (E)

This is the temporary text control option. Text command option values
you specify remain in effect until you change them. You can use temporary text controls to draw text strings with new Text command option
values, without affecting the current values.
The format for the temporary text control is as follows:
T(B)<options> (E)

The temporary text controls work as a bounded sequence. Optionsin
the sequence remain in effect until the sequence ends with an end (E)

option. A new command(position, vector, etc.) does not terminate the

temporary text control. Only an (E) ends the sequence. Temporary text
controls cannot be nested, because ReGIS does not recognize a second
(B) option until the first (B) option has been terminated by an (E). Values
specified between the begin (B) option and end (E) option are temporary.
After the end (E) option, Text commandoption values return to the values
previously in effect.
Figure 3-65 shows an example of a temporary text control option.

ReGIS Graphics

3-125

Text

Figure 3-65:
0

100

Temporary Option Example
200

100

300

400

500

600

700

799

ID qy

ABCD

COMMANDS

ABCD

P [100,100]

T(DO,S5, 10)

200

‘ABCD’

P [500,100]
T(B),
(D180, S5)

300

‘ABCD’
(E)

P [500,100]

400
479

T'ABCD’
.

MLO-430-86

(W( <suboptions> )) <options>

The temporary write control option lets you change the write control

values for one Text command, withoutaffecting the current Write Control

command option values. The temporary write control values affect only
the Text commandcontrolling the option. At the next commandkeyletter,

even if it is another Text commandkeyletter, the write control values

return to the current Write Control commandoption values. You can use
this option to change colors, as well as writing mode (overlay, replace, or
erase).

The format for the temporary write control option is as follows:
T(W(<suboptions>) )<options>

Figure 3-66 shows an example of the temporary write control option.

3-126

ReGIS Graphics

Text

Figure 3-66:

0
0¢

100

Text Command Temporary Write Control
Option Example
200

300

400

500

600

700

799
.
COMMANDS

ABCD

0,0

T(DO,S5)
‘ABCD’
P[410,210}

200

T(W(R,N1))

‘ABCD’
P[ 100,300]

ABCD

a“

400
479 ‘wm

}

MLO-43 1-86

ReGIS Graphics

3-127

Text
3.4.7

Text Command Summary
Table 3-16 summarizes the Text command arguments and their default

values.

Table 3-16:

Text Command Summary

Argument

Default

Description

‘text’

None

(A <0-3> )

Text string. Includes text to be
displayed. Text string characters
must be delimited by either single
quotes (‘text’) or double quotes
(“text”).

(AO)

Character set option. Selects which
of four possible character sets ( <03> ) to use for processing text string
characters.

(A0(L“designator”))

(A0(L"(B"))

Selects which standard character set

to load into the left half of alphabet
0.

3-128

(A0(R”designator’))

(A(R<"))

POY]

[+9,+0]

(S <0-16> )

Character positioning argument.
Lets you vary positioning between
text string characters. Default
value comes from the character
escapementof standardcell size
(S1). [X,Y] values are relative.

(S1)

Standard character cell size option.
Defines a set of display cell, unit
cell, and character escapement
values to be used in processing
text string characters. There are 17
different sizes ( <0-16> ) available.
The charactertilt is used to set the
positioning.

ReGiS Graphics

Selects which standard character

set to load into the right half of
alphabet 0.

Text
Table 3-16 (Cont.):

Text Command Summary
Description

(S[ <width,height> ])

Display cell size option. Lets you
change size of screen area written
for each character. Default value
comes from standard cell size (S1).

(U[ <width,height> })

Unit cell size option. Lets you
change scaling of characters. Default
value comes from standard cell size
(S1).

(H <number> )

Height multiplier option. When
selected, this option changes the

display cell and unit cell size height

values to a value equal to $1
multiplied by the specified multiplier
without affecting width values
or positioning. The default value
comes from standard cell size.
(M[width,height])

Size multiplication option. Provides
multiplication factors for the height
and width values of the unit cell
size associated with the standardcell
size (S1).
Character tilt option. Definestilt

value for the characters in the text

string.

<a> defines the degrees of

the tilt for the characters.

(D <a> S <0-16> )

String tilt option. Definestilt of
text string, as a whole, relative
to the horizontal. <a> defines
the degrees of the tilt; <0-16>
provides a standard size value used
to compute positioning during the
tilt.

ReGIS Graphics

3-129

Text
Table 3—16 (Cont.):

Text Command Summary

Argument

Default

Description

(D <a> S <0-16>
D <a> )

(DO $1 DO)

String/Character tilt option. Defines
separate tilt values for the string and
the characters in the text string. The
first <a> defines the degrees of
tilt for the string; the second <a>
defines the degrees of tilt for the
characters in the string; <0-16>
provides a standard size value used
to compute positioning during the
tilt.

(I <a> )

(10)

Italics option. Defines a degree of
tilt (<a> ) for characters without
changing their orientation to the
current baseline.
PV spacing argument. Uses PV values to select superscript, subscript,
and overstrike functions.

<PV>

(B) <options> (E)

None

Temporary text control option. Lets
you select temporary Text command
options, without changing the
current values. Temporary values
remain in effect until you use (E).

(W( <options> ))

None

Temporary write control option.
Lets you select temporary Write

Control command values, without

changing the current Write Control
command values. Temporary write
control values remain in effect only
for the commandcontrolling them.

3-130

ReGlS Graphics

Load

Load
RETOS can store up to four character sets at one time: a standard charac-

ter set, stored as character set 0, and three loadable sets stored as character

sets 1 through 3. Each set contains up to 95 characters. You use the Load

commandto select, load, or reload sets 1, 2, and 3. You cannot load
character set 0, the standard characterset.

There are three arguments to the Load command:

Format

Select character set

Specify name

Load charactercell

option

Command Arguments

Description

(A <n> )

Select character set option

(A” <name> ")
“ <character> “ <hex num-

Specify name option
Load character cell argument

bers> ;

Command Arguments
(A <n> )
The select character set option lets you select which of the three optional
character sets to load: set 1, 2, or 3.
The format for the select character set option is as follows:
L(A<n>)

<n> is either 1, 2, or 3.

After you define a select character set value, it remains in effect until you
use a new Select character set option. Other ReGIS commands can execute
without affecting the character set selected for loading.
The select character set option only defines which character set to load.
You load characters into the character set by using the load charactercell
argument. You can load characters into the character set as needed. You
do not have to load the complete set at one time.
ReGIS Graphics

3-131

Load
(A” <name> ”)

The specify name option lets you define a name for a loaded characterset.
You do not need this option for set load tasks. You can select a name up
to 10 characters long.
The format for the specify name option is as follows:
L(A"<name>")

“<name> ” is the name you choosefor the currently selected character

set.

You can use the specify name and select character set options together.
That is, you can define the name of the character set when you select that
character set. Use the select character set option first. Otherwise, ReGIS
applies the nameto the character set already selected, not the character set
you areselecting.

“ <character> ” <hex numbers;

The load character cell argument lets you build a character you want to
store. Each character cell consists of 80 pixels in an 8 x 10-pixel array.
The load character cell argument uses hexadecimal numbers to define the
on/off pixel configuration for each row of pixels. You can draw up to 10
hexadecimal pairs to define the contents of a character cell.
The format for the load character cell argumentis as follows:
L"<character>"<hex numbers>

;

<character> is the single ASCII character to serve as thecall letter for
the character cell being loaded.
<hex numbers> provides the hexadecimal numbers, with one pair of

values supplied for each of the 10 rows of the character cell that can be
defined. Pairs are separated by commas.
A semicolon (;) is used to terminate the load character cell argument.
If more than one character is being defined, the argument, up to the
semicolon, is repeated.
A call letter provides a way to select the stored character in Text commands. You can use any single ASCII character for the call letter,
including numerals or a space. Thecall letter does not have to match
the character you are storing.

3-132

ReGIS Graphics

Load
You build the character cell from top to bottom. Two hexadecimal digits
describe each row in the charactercell, starting with the top row. If you
list less than 20 digits (10 rows), ReGIS pads the rest of the cell with Os.

If you give only one digit for a row, ReGIS assumesthefirst digit is 0. If
you give more than twodigits for a row, ReGIS uses the extra codes for
the next row(s).
Each of the two hexadecimal digits describing a row of the charactercell
represents four bits in the pattern. The first digit represents the leftmost
four bits in the row, and the second digit represents the rightmost four
bits. Table 3-17 lists the bit pattern associated with each hexadecimal
code. In each hexadecimal code, bit 3 represents the leftmost bit, and bit 0
represents the rightmost bit. You specify two hexadecimal code values for
each row.

CO
CO
FF
CO
fF
CO
F-|F§
OF
FY
OF
-f-

CO
|
FF
Oo
CO

OF
Oo
-

OC
CO
FF
KF
CO
OF
§-|F§
FSF
ee

CO
KH
FP

FP
ee

SB
ee

eS
we

F-F§

OC
CO
CO
CO
KF
KF
KF

Bit 0

pmo

Bit 1

man

COaonaodo
CO
CO

Bit 2

MmiuonwWapewo

aun

WOW

Hexadecimal
Code

Bit Patterns Associated with Hexadecimal
Codes

Table 3—17:

ReGIS Graphics

3-133

Load
Figure 3-67 shows examples of characters you can load and the hexadecimal codes required.
Figure 3-67:

Load Character Cell Argument Example

O0O000000

OO0008@00

@00e006600

O0080@0O

OOO0e@BDdD

@eo00ecoe

O08@@e@0800

OO0e0e0Oe

@e@e@0e0ee

CO@0e@0B0O

O00e@0800

ecoo0c0co0e

0O08C@@80800

OO0B080®8

e@eeocoese

00080808

OOC00O8eEO

@eooo0o0o00oe

O088@060

O0000800

@eee0oeces

OO00@0800

OO0000000

@eocoecoe

OO0000000

O0000000

e©e06¢00000

OO0000000

OoOo0000000

OOD00000

(A)

(B)

(C)

O8eee0008

OO000000

OO9D00000

Oe@000008

O0088@800

CO0e8eeCe

O#ODO0C008

OO088800

@ecoo#eeee

OBODD00008

CO088800

Ox Romexek XX )

C@eCOO00®e

088000080

OOCOC@e08008

9@#00800®@e

omen XE EX X@

CO0e@0000

C@eCe0e0e

O0088@800

OO0@0e0OO0O0

OB080808

OO008000

O@8000800

OC@0e0808

O00O0C0O00

@oo00o0o00eod

ox X Reomenek X )

CODO00000

OO0000000

(D)

(E)

(F)

COMMANDS
L(A3’’alpha’’)

(A) “S" 00,14,3E,54,3E,15,3E ,14;

(B)

‘c'04,0E,15,14,15,0E,04;
‘C’FF,89,EB,81,E3,81,EB,89,FF;
“b’'7F 41,41,41,41,49,55,55,55,63;
‘1'0,1C,1C,1C,7F ,3E,1C,8;
0, 1F ,8F ,47,29,10,28,44 82;

NOTES:
1. e INDICATES BIT ON; o BIT OFF.
2. LETTERS IN PARENTHESES ARE FOR DESCRIPTION
ONLY: THEY ARE NOT PART OF THE COMMAND.

3-134

ReGIS Graphics

MLO-432-86

Load
3.4.8

Load Command Summary
Table 3-18 summarizes the Load command arguments and their default

values, if any.

Table 3-18:

Load Command Summary
Default

(A <1-3> )

Description

(Al)

Select character set option. Selects
one of the three loadable character
sets to use for any following load
character cell activity.

(A” <name> ”)

None

Specify name option. Provides
a name ( <name> of up to 10
characters for the currently selected
character set. You can usethis
option with the select character set
option: (A <1-3> “ <name> ”).

“ <ASCII> ” <hex numbers> ;

None

Argument

Load character cell argument. Used

to generate characters to store in

the selected set. <ASCII> isa
single ASCII character that identifies
the character cell. The variable
<hex numbers> defines the bit
pattern of the character to store on a
line-by-line basis.

ReGIS Graphics

3-135

Macrograph (@)

Macrograph (@)
The macrographfacility lets you define, store, and display graphic images.
For example, you can store a logo as a macrograph, then use the logo
in different displays. You do not haveto rebuild the logo each time you
need it.
A macrograph mayconsist of complete sets of commandstrings or any
arbitrary string of characters.
You can use uppercase or lowercase characters to identify macrographs
(a or A identify the same macrograph). You can select a macrograph as
part of another macrograph, with up to 26 macrographsnested together.
However, you cannot use a macrograph aspart of itself. For example, if
“A” is the first macrograph of a set of nested macrographs, none of the
other macrographs can be “A”.
You can define macrographs at any point in a ReGIS stream, without
affecting the interpretation of that stream, except as follows:
e
e

Aspart of a quoted string. ReGIS does not recognize commandsin a
quoted text string. If you try to define a macrographin a textstring,
ReGIS interprets the commandsanddefinition as simple text.
In another macrograph. You can nest up to 26 macrographs.
However, you must define macrographs separately. You include
only the desired invoke macrograph operation in another macrograph
definition, not the contents of the nested macrograph.

There are three types of macrograph operations:
e
e
e

Format

Define macrograph
Invoke macrograph
Clear macrograph

@: <character> <cdefinition> @;
@ <character>

@.
@: <character> @;
3-136

ReGlS Graphics

Macrograph (@)
Macrograph Commands
@: <character> <definition> @;

This operation defines and stores the contents of a selected macrograph.
The definition cannot contain the following character sequences:
@:

@;
@.

No characters, including CR, LF, BS, HT, and SPACE, are allowed be-

tween thefirst at sign (@) and the colon (:); between the colon (:) and
<character> ; or between the last at sign (@) and the semicolon (;).
@ <character>
This operation executes the contents of a selected macrograph. The
contents of the selected macrographare inserted in the ReGIS command
stream. If the macrograph includes invocations of other macrographs, they
are inserted into the commandstream as well.
No characters, including CR, LF, BS, HT, and SPACE, are permitted

between the at sign (@) and the macrograph <character> .

ReGIS uses the current values for command information in a macrograph,
such as Write Control, Screen Control, or Text command values, unless

you change the values. You can specify new values in the definition, by
using temporary options or through Text, Screen Control, or Write Control
commands.
@.
This operation clears the macrograph definitions stored in all 26 macrograph locations.
Nocharacters, including CR, LF, BS, and HT, are allowed betweentheat
sign (@) and theperiod (.).
@: <character> @;

This operation clears only the contents of the specified macrograph.
No characters, including CR, LF, BS, and HT, are allowed in any of the

following locations:
e
e

Between the opening at sign (@) and the colon (:)
Between the colon (:) and <character>

Between the closing at sign (@) and the semicolon(;)
ReGIS Graphics

3-137

Macrograph (@)
Figure 3-68 shows how the macrograph for a shadedstar is defined,
stored, and then invoked.
Figure 3—68:

0 (

100

Macrograph Example

200

300

400

500

600

700

799

COMMANDS

@:S

W(S1)

P(+50,+50]

v(-100]

100

(-100,-50]
[+100]
(+50,-100]
(+50,+100]

200

[+100]
{-100,+50]

P(+50,+125]

W(S1)

300

v(-50,-125]
[-100]
[-50,+125]

400

479

W(I0)

v(+100,-75]

(+100,+75]

@;
P(200,200]
W(I3)
@S.

W(1I2)
P(400,150]
@S

W(I1)
P(600,200]
@s

MLO-433-86

3-138

ReGiS Graphics

Macrograph (@)
3.4.9

Macrograph Command Summary
Table 3-19 summarizes macrograph operations, which have no default

values.

Table 3-19:

Macrograph Operation Summary

Operator

Description

@: <character> <definition> @;

Define macrograph. Defines the single
letter used to identify a macrograph and the
macrograph definition to store. The letter
<character> is not case sensitive.

@ <character>

Invoke macrograph. Executes contents of
the macrograph specified by <character> .
The variable <character> is a single letter
and is not case sensitive.

Clear all macrographs. Deletes stored
macrograph descriptions from all 26 macrograph storage locations.

@: <character> @;

Clear specified macrograph. Clears the
contents of a single macrograph storage
location. This operator also defines a
macrograph with no definition.

ReGIS Graphics

3-139

3.5

ReGIS Commands Not Supported by RETOS
RETOS supports all VT240/241 and VT330/340 terminal commands except the Report command (R) and the following Screen Control command
(S) option:

Command Options
[ |

Description
Scrolling option

Graphic cursor control option
Data movementcontrol option
Hardcopy control option
Time delay option
Temporary write control option

3.6 Screen Addressing and Resolution
For compatibility with the LJ250 printer, the default screen addressingis
S(A[0,0][799,479]). This means that the ReGIS to sixel graphics converter
scales pictures so that 800 logical units correspond horizontally to 720 or
1440 pixels in the outputfile.
However, if you design a picture for display on the LJ250 printer and a
one-to-one correspondence between a logical unit and a pixel is important,
then begin yourfile with the following:
e
e

$(A[0,0][719,944]) for low resolution (90 dots/inch)
S(A[0,0][1439,1889]) for high resolution (180 dots/inch)

RETOS supports ReGIS files created for display on video terminals.
However, dot-to-dot compatibility between the RETOS and the VT241
terminal generally does notexist.

3-140

ReGIS Graphics

3.7

Color Mapping
RETOS provides a 16-entry ReGIS color map for compatibility with
programs using the S(I) and W(I) commands. In order that LJ250 colors
closely match video colors, RETOS selects HLS values for each color.
Table 3-20 lists default color output map values.
Table 3-20:

Default Color Output Map Values

Output
Map Entry

Default
Converter Value

HLS Values
L
S

Black

Blue

Red

120

Green

240

Magenta

Cyan

300

Yellow

180

Gray 50%

Gray 25%

Pale blue

Pale red

120

Pale green

240

Pale magenta

Pale cyan

300

Pale yellow

180

Gray 75%

Usually, ReGIS applications specify colors in HLS or RGB form. RETOS
converts colors to HLS form before writing them to the outputfile.

ReGIS Graphics

3-141

3.8

Handling of ANSI Text and Escape Sequences
Ideally, RETOS input files contain pure ReGIS graphics. However, to
provide partial support for files that mix text and graphics, RETOS parses
and ignores ANSI escape sequences, control strings, device control string
introducers, and control characters, except the following:
e
e
e
e

BS (backspace)
HT(horizontal tab)
LF(line feed)
~=6CR(carriage return)

ReGIS syntax includes BS, HT, LF, and CR.If interpretation of ANSI text
as ReGIS commandsstill occurs, it usually creates no problem. Text is
unlikely to include valid ReGIS commandsaffecting the output.

3-142

ReGiS Graphics

Chapter 4

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output
Sixel graphics is a method of defining and transmitting encoded bit map
data. This chapter discusses printing of sixels, the structure of the sixel
graphics protocol, sixel private control commands,selecting sixel mode,
and RETOS’ssixel output.

4.1

Terminology
This section defines termsrelating to the conversion and printing of the
sixels protocol.
DOT — Smallest displayable unit, a light dot on a screen, an ink dot on
the paper. Dots can be round, oval, square, rectangular, and small or
large.
DOT/PIXEL/PIXEL-SPOTrelationship — Imaging devices use several
dots to represent a single pixel through a pixel-spot. Multiple dots can
be used to cover an area larger than a dot size or to produce darkness or
scaling.
GRID — Positions on the page where devices place pixel-spots.
Dimensionless points represent these positions. Pixel-spot size can exceed the grid size. A horizontal grid-size parameter defines the horizontal
distance between two positions. The horizontal grid-size parameter and
the aspect ratio parameter define vertical distance between twopositions.
Pixel-spot size can be larger or smaller than the distance between two
positions. This relationship of pixel-spot and grid size varies from device
to device and from oneset of parameters to the next on the same device.

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output

4-1

Grid sizes on the device may not match the grid-size specification. In that
case, the device selects a grid that best represents the specified grid. This
“best fit” grid often becomes the “actual grid” or “actual grid size.” Most
imaging operations use the actual grid and not the exact specified grid.
OVERLAP — Percentage of pixel-spot that is larger than the grid.
PICTURE DEFINITION — Data describing the image, including colors,
size, pixel aspect ratio, and encodedrasters. The picture definition excludes formatting information, such as position or actual presentation
size.
PIXEL — Logical rectangular imagearea defin by each bit of sixels data,
as intended by the generation software. An aspect ratio defines the shape
of a pixel. The pixel has nosize.
PIXEL ASPECT RATIO — Shapeof the pixel as a ratio of the vertical side
of the rectangle and the horizontal side. For example, a square pixel has
an aspect ratio of 1 to 1 (or 10 to 10), and a pixel twice as high and wide
has an aspect ratio of 2 to 1 (or 20 to 10).
PIXEL-SPOT — Area imaged (printed) for each pixel. Pixel-spots have
shape (round, oval, square) and size. The shape andsize are device
dependent and do not necessarily relate to the grid size.
RASTER — All pixels defining a single image. For purposesof this book,
a raster contains pixels defined in a single sixels controlstring.
RASTER ASPECT RATIO —-Relative size of horizontal pixels to vertical
pixels in a raster. No direct relationship exists between the raster aspect
ratio and the pixel aspect ratio.
RASTER SIZE — Resultant size of the raster after printing, based on the
grid size.
When you use the context of pixels not yet printed, raster size is the
number of horizontal and vertical pixels of the raster.
SIXEL — A groupofsix vertical pixels represented by six bits in a character code of seven or eightbits.
SIXELS CONTROL CODES — Codesin the picture definition that provide

additional information beyond the encoded raster, such as color and line

breaking.

SIXELS DATA — This term includes only the encoded raster portion of
the picture definitions.

4-2

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output

4.2 Sixel Printing
Sixel graphics imaging (printing) consists of setting context and attributes
for the pixels and then imaging each sixel in received order on adjacent
grid positions.
A pixel represents the individual dots of ink you see on a printed page.
A bit value of 1 meansprint a dot (pixel). A bit value of 0 means leave a
space.
In sixel mode, printing starts at the top left corner of the bit map (the
origin). Printing of each sixel advances the sixel active position to the
next horizontal grid position. The distance betweensixels is equal to the
horizontal grid size selected by parameters of the device controlstring.
Positioning is relative to the active position. A graphic carriage return or
a next line command movesthe active position to the left margin. (For a
summary of graphic control codes, refer to Section 4.5.2.) Sixel drawing
proceeds from left to right, top to bottom.
The color currently selected by the color specifier control code determines
pixel-spot color. Optional color specifier parameters define color maps.
The onebits of a sixel print in the selected color. If your picture has pixels
of different colors in the same sixel, send a new line of sixels for each
color with a graphic carriage return between them.
The string terminator (ST) causes the exit from sixel graphics mode. Other
characters causing the exit from sixel graphics modeinclude:

4.3

ANSI control characters ESC and CAN

Cl control codes

Structure of the Protocol
The structure of the sixel graphics protocol supports a layered system
approach, where several independentprocessesdefine or interpret portions
of the total data. That allows describing the size of an image thatis
independentof the actual image definition.
The data and commandsseparate into three primary fields:
e

Picture definition — Used by creation software, editing software,

imaging devices. This is the body of the protocol. Picture-generating

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output 4-3

devices create files that contain the image definition, but no formatting

4.4

information (or default formatting information).
Formatting information — Added to the picture definition by the page
composition software to define the size of the picture data. Including
size in the protocol selector, allows you to add parameters without
affecting the picture definition data.
Positioning data — Used by page composition software. Application
software determines the first pixel position. Other pixel positions are
relative to the first, based on the grid size and aspectratio.

Protocol Selector — Formatting Information
Page composition software adds formatting information to the sixel
protocol selector. The DCS introducer and the protocol selector place
the converter in Sixels mode. The protocol does not have aninitial state.
Following is the format of the protocol selector:
Psi

;

Ps2

;

Pn3

Ps1 selects the horizontal grid size, vertical grid size, and pixel aspect
ratio. The grid size defines the size of the area where you canplace a
single pixel. You select the Ps1 value that most closely matches the device
developing the sixel data.
Ps1 exists only for compatibility with older devices (LA12, LA34, LA5O,
LA100, or LA210). With new software, set the macro parameters for the
older devices, then override them with explicit parameters to get best
results from a new machine. Unless you require compatibility with older
devices, do not use macro parameters.
Table 4-1 lists the Ps1 parameter macro values. You can override the Ps1
value with the Pn3 parameter.

4-4

Table 4—1:

Macro Parameter Selections

Ps1
(Parameter)

Horizontal
Grid Size

Aspectratio
Vert pix : Horiz
pix

Vertical
Grid Size

0 (default)

0075”

200:100

0150”

0075”

200:100

0150”

0030”

450:100

0142”

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output

Table 4—1 (Cont.):

Macro Parameter Selections
Aspect ratio
Vert pix : Horiz
pix

Ps1
(Parameter)

Horizontal
Grid Size

Vertical
Grid Size

0045”

300:100

0150”

0060”

250:100

01425”

0075”

183:100

0150”

0090”

150:100

0150”

0105”

130:100

0144”

0120”

112:100

0144”

0135”

100:100

0150”

Ps2 selects a background color. The default background depends on the
imaging device.
Select a horizontal grid size other than the standard sizes for Ps1, by
using Pn3. Any Pn3 value other than 0 overrides the Ps1 value. The Pn3
value is in decipoints or pixels, depending on the destination device. The
maximum horizontal grid size is 99 current units—pixels or decipoints.
The Pn3 value and the pixel aspect ratio together define the grid size
(including the vertical grid size). Vertical grid size equals the horizontal
grid size times the pixel aspect ratio. This ratio defines the pixel as a ratio
of the vertical side of a rectangle and the horizontal side. A square pixel
has an aspect ratio of 1 to 1 (or 100 to 100). A pixel twice as high and
widehas an aspect ratio of 2 to 1 (or 200 to 100).

4.5

The Picture Definition
Sixel data and sixel control codes, including the aspect ratio, form the
picture definition. Sixel data includes the encoded graphic imageraster.
Sixel control codes tell how to interpret the raster or pixels defining the
image.

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output 4—5

4.5.1

Sixel Data
Codes in the range 3/15 through 7/14 (refer to Figure A-1, ASCII
Character Set) interpret as sixel data. The six pixels to image derive
by subtracting the offset 63(decimal) from the code and assigning each
of the low-order six bits to a grid position. The six pixels are arranged
vertically as follows:
Bit 0 (LSB)

Top pixel

Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5 (MSB)

Bottom pixel

For instance, for the character code 4/3 (ASCII C), the offset value
63(decimal) subtracts from the code value 67(decimal). The resulting value
of 4 mapsinto the horizontal scan as follows:
MSB

LSB

Data Bits:

Scan:
1

o (top)

©)

o (bottom)

The “x” indicates that the pixel spot prints, and “o” indicates that the pixel
spot does notprint.
Table 4-2 showsthe printable dot patterns for selected character codes in
the 3/15 (63 decimal) through 7/14 (126 decimal) range. Subtract 63 from
the decimal value of the code to create the dot pattern. For the rest of the
printable dot patterns, refer to Appendix C.

4-6

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output

Table 4—2:

Printable Dot Patterns for Sixel Mode

Character

Decimal
Value

Dot
Pattern

Action

Advance

by a sixel

space

O
O
O
@

Print only

top pixel

O
Oo
O
O
A

Print second

from top

pixel

O
O
O
y

Print second

from top

pixel and

bottom three

pixels

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output

4-7

4.5.2

Control Codes
Descriptions of specific control codes (commands) and parameters, which
make up the remainderof the picture definition data, follow. Table 4-3
summarizes these commands.

Table 4-3:

Sixel Graphics Private Control Characters

Name

Abbreviation

Code

‘Function

Graphics

DECGRI

Begins repeat sequence

Repeat

Introducer

2/1

Maximum value is 65,536

Raster
Attributes

DECGRA

”
2/2

Set raster attributes
First parameter — pixel
aspect ratio numerator
Second parameter — pixel
aspect ratio denominator

Graphics
Color
Introducer

DECGCI

#
2/3

Specifies color
First parameter — color
number (others optional)
Second parameter — color
coordinate system

Parameters 3-5 — specify colors
Graphics
Carriage
Return

DECGCR

$
2/4

Returns active position to
graphics left margin

Graphics
New Line

DECGNL

2/13

Returnsactive position to
graphics left margin and
increments to next line

;
3/11

Separates parameters

Parameter
Separator

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output

Set Raster Attributes (DECGRA — ")

Set Raster Attributes (DECGRA — "}
The Set Raster Attributes commanddefinesraster attributes that affect
the display of sixel data. This command mustprecedepicture-definition
information requiring an aspect ratio: sixel printable characters (sixel data)
and the Graphic New Line (DECGNL) command.

Format

"~~

Pn; Pn2 ; Pn3 ; Pn4

Command Parameters
.

Description
Command control character

Pn1
;

Pixel aspect ratio numerator
Parameter delimiter

Pn2

Pixel aspect denominator

Pn3
Pn4

Horizontal extent
Vertical extent

Command Code and Parameters
“7

The character " is the Set Raster Attributes control character (DECGRA).
Pni1 ; Pn2

Pni and Pn2set the pixel aspect ratio, which defines the shape of the
pixels needed to reproduce the picture without distortion. This ratio is
defined by two numbers:
e

A numerator (Pn1), which is the number of vertical pixels for the
distance unit

A denominator (Pn2), which is the number of horizontal pixels for the
same distance unit

If a pixel were to be half as wide astall, the pixel aspect ratio would be
2:1 or 100:50 asit is for the VT240 terminal.
The pixel aspect ratio times the horizontal grid size (the third parameterof
the sixel DCS yields the vertical grid size.

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output 4-9

Set Raster Attributes (DECGRA — ”)
Pn3 ; Pn4

Pn3 and Pn4 define the horizontal and vertical extent, respectively.

4-10

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output

Repeat Introducer (DECGRI — !)

Repeat Introducer (DECGRI —!)
The Repeat Introducer code followed by a numeric value repeats the next
pixel the specified number of times. A repeat count of 0 implies a repeat
count of 1. The maximum value for the repeat count is 65,536. If no sixel
data character follows the repeat count, the repeat countis ignored.

Format

Pn sixel_data_character

Command Parameters
|
Pn
sixel_data_character

Description
Commandcontrol character
Character string representing a decimal
number
|
Repeated Sixels dot pattern

Command Code and Parameters
!
The character ! is the Repeat Introducer control character (DECGRI).

Pn is a string of characters evaluating to a decimal number(positions 3/0
to 3/9 in the Standard 8-Bit Character Set).

sixel_data_character

The sixel_data_character is a repeated dot pattern. See Table 4-2 above.
The following examplesillustrate repeat sequences:
e
e

!10? —repeats 10 graphic spaces
! 6 @ — repeats six patterns of top dot

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output

4-11

Graphics Carriage Return (DECGCR — $)

Graphics Carriage Return (DECGCR — S$)
The Graphics Carriage Return command movesthe active position to
the graphic left margin. This control code is the only codethat allows
rewriting of a sixels position.

Format

$
Command Parameters

Description

Commandcontrol character

Command Code and Parameters
$
The character $ is the Graphics Carriage Return control character
(DECGCR).

4-12

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output

Graphics Next Line (DECGNL — -)

Graphics Next Line (DECGNL — -)
The Graphics Next Line command movesthe active position to theleft
margin and down onerowofsixels (six actual grid units).

Format

Command Parameters

Description

—

Command control character

Command Code and Parameters
The character (—-) is the Graphics Next Line control character (DECGNL).

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output 4-13

Color Introducer (DECGCI — # )

Color Introducer (DECGCI — # )
The Color Introducer commandstarts a color selection sequence. Follow
the “#” (pound sign) with a color numberselected from the color map, or
use a universal color coordinate system to select a new definition for the
color number.

Format

Pc; Pu; Px; Py; Pz

Command Parameters

Description

#
Pc

Command control character
Color number parameter

Pu
Px

Universal coordinate system selector
System color coordinate

Py
Pz

System color coordinate
System color coordinate

Command Code and Parameters
4
The character # is the Color Introducer control character.

Pc
Pc selects the color numberfor the following Sixels data.
Pu (optional)

Pu namesthe universal color coordinate system as follows:
0 — Invalid
1 — HLS(hue/lightness/saturation)
2 — RGB (red/green/blue)

4-14

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output

Color Introducer (DECGCI — # )
Px ; Py ; Pz (optional)

Px, Py, and Pz select the color coordinates in the specified system:
Parameter

HLS

RGB

Hue angle, 0-360

Red, 0-100

Lightness, 0-100

Green, 0-100

Saturation, 0-100

Blue, 0-100

Table 4-3 (see Section 4.5.2) summarizes sixel control codes and functions.
Specific sixel control codes (commands) consist of a code in the 2/0
through 3/14 range, except parameters and parameterseparators, followed
by zero or more parameters. Separate parameters with a semicolon.
Terminate sixel commands by using any nonparametercharacter, thatis,
not 0-9 or;.

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output 4-15

4.5.3

Sixel Character Coding
This section describes the action on different groups of codes within the
picture definition.
|
Table 4-4 describes the sixel graphics moderesponseto selected C0
control characters. The protocol considers other codes in the range of 0/0
through 1/15 as errors and ignores them.
Table 4-4:

Graphics ANSI Control Characters

Name

Abbreviation

Bell

BEL

Cancel

—_—«— Function
Ignored

CAN

Causes exit from sixel graphics mode

Enquire

ENQ

Same action as in ANSI text mode

Escape

ESC

Causes exit from sixel graphics mode;
Processed as the start of a new sequence

Substitute

SUB

Processed as a blank sixel — 3/15 or ?

GL Codes form two groups: the control codes andthe sixel column codes.
e
e

Control codes in the range 2/0 through 3/14 define commands and

parameters.

Codes 3/0 through 3/9 are for parameters. Consecutive digits form a
single decimal numeric parameter.
Code 3/11 is a parameter separator for commands with more than

Codes 3/15 to 7/14 process as sixel data.

one parameter.

Other codes in this group specify commands. Ignore undefined control
codes.
C1 control codes (8\0 through 9\15) transfer code from sixel graphics mode
to ANSI text mode for processing.
Codes 10/0 through 15/15 (GR codes) are errors.

4-16

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output

4.6 Selecting Sixel Mode
An ANSI-defined device control string (DCS) envelope contains the sixel
graphics protocol. Initiate this envelope by using the string introducer
(DCS) control code and terminate the envelope with the string terminator
(ST) control code. This is the only method to enter the sixel graphics
mode.

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output 4-17

Sixel_DCS

Sixel_DCS
The following components make up the DCS for the sixel graphics protocol:
:

String introducer (DCS)

e
e

Protocol selector
Picture definition

String terminator (ST)

Figure 4-1 showsthe formatof the controlstring.
Figure 4-1:

DCS

Sixels Device Control String Envelope

Pst

;

Ps2

;

Pn3... Pn

_/)

| Protocol |
Selector

ty
Definition

String

Introducer

Terminator
MLO-366-86

Format

DCS

Psi; Ps2; Pn3 q picture—definition ST

Control String Parameters
DCS
Ps1

Description.
String introducer character
Macro parameter

; (semicolon)
Ps2
; (semicolon)
Pn3
q

Parameter delimiter
Background select parameter
Parameter delimiter
Horizontal grid size parameter
Protocol selector final character

String terminator character

picture_definition

4-18

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output

Image description

Sixel_DCS

Control String Parameters
DCS
DCS, the device control string introducer character, is the ANSI C1 control

(9/0) in 8-bit mode. ESC P (1/11, 5/0) is the sixel graphics introducer

character in 7-bit mode.

Ps1, selective parameter
Ps1 is a selective parameter that sets the horizontal grid size, vertical grid
size, and pixel aspect ratio according to a list of defined macro parameters.
Naminga value other than 0 for the horizontal grid size parameter (Pn3)
overrides the Ps1 value. See Section 4.4 for more information.
; (semicolon)
The semicolon acts as a delimiter to separate the parameters, Ps1, Ps2,
and Pn3.

Ps2

Ps2, the second selective parameter, selects a backgroundcolor.

Pn3

Pn3 is a numeric parameter naming the horizontal grid size. Pn3 is
valid only in Level 2 sixels. Level 1 sixel devices omit this parameter. In
Level 2 sixel devices, the Pn3 value and the pixel aspect ratio (Set Raster
command) together define the grid size (including vertical grid size). For
more information, see Section 4.4.
q
The character q is the protocol selector final character indicating that sixel
data follows. Any other code indicates the remaining data is not sixel
data.
picture—definition
Sixel graphics data and sixel graphics control codes, which describe the
image, make up thepicture definition. Sixel graphics data includes the
encoded graphic imageraster. Sixel graphics control codestell how to
interpret the raster or pixels defining the image.
ST
|
ST is the ANSI Cl control (9/12) in 8-bit mode or ESC \ (1/11, 5/12)
in 7-bit mode. ST terminates the sixel graphics DCS, and leavessixel
graphics mode.

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output

4-19

4.7 Sixels Output
RETOS converts ReGIS graphics to the sixel graphics protocol for display
on sixel terminals and printers. The remainderof this chapter describes
the RETOSsixel graphics interaction and output.

4.7.1

Producing the Output Header — The Sixel Graphics DCS
RETOSsixel graphics output begins with a device control string (DCS)
introducer sequence. Section 4.6 describes the sixel DCS. The DCS
introducer, along with a protocol selector, places a device, printer, or
terminal in sixel graphics mode. The protocol selector consists of three
parameters: a macro parameter (Ps1), a screen background parameter
(Ps2), and a horizontal grid size parameter (Pn3).
RETOSdefines the protocol selector as follows:
e

RETOSsets the Ps1 parameter only if /LEVEL=1 is in effect; otherwise, RETOS uses the Pn3 parameter and the Set Raster Attributes
command (DECGRA)to define the horizontal grid size, the vertical

e
e

grid size, and the pixel aspect ratio.
RETOSdoesnotspecify the Ps2 parameter.

Pn3is valid only in Level 2 Sixels. If /LEVEL=1 is in effect, RETOS
omits this parameter; otherwise, RETOSsets this parameter to produce
the desired horizontal grid size by using the horizontal resolution
specified in the RETOS commandline.

With /LEVEL=1in effect, RETOS begins the output file with the DCS

introducer sequence:
<ESC>

41/11

5/0

Psi

7/1

Ps1 is the macro parameter, which depends onthe aspect ratio (horizontal
resolution divided by vertical resolution), defined by the following table:

4-20

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output

Minimum Aspect Ratio

Macro Parameter
LO

3.5

2.7

2.2

1.9

1.7

1.4

1.2
1.1

When /LEVEL=2is in effect, RETOS does not use the macro parameter to
set grid size and aspect ratio. Instead, RETOS uses the Horizontal Grid
Size parameter and the Set Raster Attributes commandto set the exact
grid size and required aspectratio.
If /GRID_UNITSis set to PIXELS, RETOS writes the following control
sequenceat thestart of the outputfile:
<ESC>

[

space

1/11

6/11

3/7

2/0

4/9

This is the ANSI Set Size Unit (SSU) commandto set the size unit to
pixels rather than decipoints. If /GRID_UNITSis set to DECIPOINTS,
RETOSdoes not write an SSU sequenceat the start of thefile.
Next, RETOS writes the DCS introducer sequence:
<ESC>

;

1/11

6/0

3/11

Pn3

7/1

Pn3 is the horizontal grid size in decipoints (/GRID_UNITS=DECIPOINTS)
or pixels (/GRID_UNITS=PIXELS). Horizontal grid size is the inverse of
the horizontal resolution, converted to decipoints or pixels.
RETOS nowissues the Set Raster Attributes commandto establish the

aspect ratio:
"
2/2

Pni

;
3/11

Pn2

;
3/11

Pn3

;

Pn4

3/11

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output

4-21

Pni and Pn2 are the numerator and denominator of the aspectratio.
RETOSsets Pn1 to the horizontal resolution and Pn2 to the vertical
resolution. For example, the aspect ratio for the LJ250 printer, from the
/RESOLUTION=(90,90) commandqualifier, is 90:90 or 1:1. RETOSsets
Pn3 and Pn4, the horizontal and vertical extent parameters, to the bit map
size in pixels. This is 720;945 for the LJ250, using default parameters.
At this point, RETOS writes the bit map, with or without color information, by using the sixel protocol described earlier in this chapter.
At the endofthe file, after the string terminator, if /GRID_UNITS=PIXELS

is in effect, RETOS writes the following SSU control sequence to set the
size unit back to decipoints:

4.7.1.1

<ESC>

[

space

1/11

5/11

3/2

2/0

4/9

The Default Header

If you did not specify qualifiers in the commandline, RETOS produces the
following header:
<ESC>P; ;8q"1;1;720; 945

This sets the horizontal grid size as 8 decipoints (90 dots/inch), the aspect
ratio to 1:1, and the paper size to 8 x 10.5 inches, which produces low
resolution output on the LJ250.
4.7.1.2

Headers Using the CommandLine
If you specify /RESOLUTION=(180,180) in the commandline, RETOS
produces the following header:
<ESC>P; ;4q"1;1; 1440; 1890
If you specify /DEVICE=LA50 in the commandline, RETOS produces the
following header:
<ESC>P5q

If you specify /DEVICE=LNO3 in the commandline, RETOS produces the
following header:
<ESC>[7 I<ESC>P; ;3q"1;1;800; 1000

4-22

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output

4.7.2

The Sixels Picture
RETOSscales the sixels picture so that the area defined by the ReGIS
screen addressing command S(A)fills the output area as completely as
possible without changing the aspect ratio. (Aspect ratio defines the
shape of a pixel as the ratio of the vertical side of the rectangle and the
horizontal side. A square pixel has an aspect ratio of 1:1.) This scaling
insures that circles drawn in ReGIS remain circular when converted to
sixels.
The origin of the converted picture is always the top left corner of the bit
map, except in landscape mode. If necessary, RETOS adds space to the
right and bottom of the picture. If you specify the /MARGIN qualifier,
RETOSalso adds blank space to the top andleft of the picture.

Sixel Graphics Protocol and Output

4-23

Appendix A

Fonts and Character Sets

A.1

Supported Fonts
RETOSprovides fonts in nine sizes for each character set. In pixels
width x height, these sizes include the following:
e

7x17

8x10

8x 20

8x38

12x14

12x 29

14x 35

15x 38

16x 40

RETOSuses these fontsfor:

e
e
e
e

LJ250 low resolution portrait
V1T240 portrait
LJ250 low resolution landscape
LA50 landscape

e
e

LA5O portrait
LA75 portrait

Fonts and Character Sets

A-1

e
e
e

LJ250 high resolution portrait
LA75 landscape
LJ250 high resolution landscape

If a character is not available in the requested size, RETOSfinds the font
that is closest in size and scales the character.

A.2 Supported Character Sets
RETOS supports the following charactersets:
e

ASCII

e
e
e
e
e

DEC Multinational
ISO Latin-1
DECSpecial Graphics (VT100 line drawing)
DEC Technical
National Replacement Character Sets:
British
French
DEC French-Canadian

DEC Norwegian/Danish

DEC Finnish
German
DEC Dutch
ISO Italian
DEC Swiss
DEC Swedish

ISO Spanish
DEC Portuguese
NOTE
DEC Multinational is the User Preference Character Set (DEC

Supplemental in GR).

The following pages show each character set supported by RETOS. ISO
646 is the basis for ISO Italian, ISO Spanish, and ISO Latin-1. Character
sets with a DECprefix indicate DIGITAL private character sets. Character
sets with no prefix are country standards. Table A-1 lists the source
standard for country standard charactersets.

A-2

Fonts and Character Sets

Table A-—1:

Character Set Source Standards

Nameof Set

Source Standard

British

BS 4370

ASCII

ANSI X3.4-1986

French

AFNORNFZ 62-010 (1973)

German

DIN 66 003

Norwegian/Danish

NS 4551-1, DS 2089

Fonts and Character Sets

A-3

ASCII Character Set (DEC Multinational Set — Left Half)

Figure A-1:

BITS

pae3e2ei{

covumn

ROW

ooo 0fg]
0001]
0010/9
0011/3

0110/6

(

1oo?r!9g

)

1010140

244

24]

246

247
167

250

281

169
ag
252
170

253

254

11014113

44
2c
55
45

20]

101

65
41]

172
ac
255
173

2E|
57|
47)

AE
257
975

2Fi

301

193
cid

174

260

B80

61
a9
3

261
177
Bt

262
178
B82
263
179
83

264

266

182

6?
55

267
183

270

271

184
88

185
B9
272
186

73°)

273

274

;

59
38

69
3c|
75
61]

188
ec
275
189

276

3E|
77,
63|

BE
277
191

57
39
72
58

265
181

65
53

30}

62]

187
88

190

180

56
38

176

62
so
32
63
51
33

4171
as

256

copes

168
ag

41
29
52
42

’

CHARACTER

166

a7
39

110 0/49

LEGEND

245
165

43}
28

45
a?

rrerese1q§

3/11

164

,otstldy

241
161
Al

242
162
a2
243
163
a3

40
28

1110114

42
34
22
43
35
23

’

1000/18

ai
33
21

}o1.97

[a2],

o:r1orl!]s

GL!|GR

2 |10

|
°

GL|GR

0100/4

o:13t0.1]7

F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M

N
Oo

100

|GR
300

192

Tor
65
a1

301
193
C1

102.
oo
42
103.
67
43

302
194
c2
303
195
c3

104

304

Q
R
S

105
69

305
197

106

306

198

107
|

307
499

4a?

110

310

vit

311

12
48

200
cB

13°
49
412
74

201
cg
312
202

113

313

114

314

75
48]

203
cB

5 /13

196

GL |GR

/12

Vv
W
x
y
z
[

120.

320

208

50 , 00

121,
81
51

a2i
209]
01

122
82
52
123
a3
53

322
210
92
323
211
03

124

324

|GR

149

340

@
b
Cc

rar
97
61

224]
EO

oat
225}
€1

142
98
62
143
99
63

342
226
2
343
227
€3

144

344

126

326

102
66

147
103

347
231

214

127
g7

327
218

130

330

131

331

ap
58

216
08

89
59
132
90

217
09
332
218

133

333

134

334

91
58

219
oB

j
A

1396

336

4€{
CE
117| 317
79} 207

SE
137
95

o&€
337
223

50
94

220
OC
335
221

222

100

105
69
152
106

151

|- 351

n
oO

233
Eg
352
234

153

353

154

354

107
68

235
€8

108
6c
155
109

236
EC
355
237

156

356

6E
157
111]

EE
357
239

6D]

Vv
w

350

232
€8

]

346

146

150

£D

238)

360

104
68

160

Ter 361)
113 241
m
ogy

345
229

7 [15

145
101

230

228]

GL |GR

114

325
213

116| 316

125
85

92
5C
135
93

4Fl

78 206

212]

76 204
4c CC
115) 315
77; 205

40; cD

‘

x
y
z
{
|
)

162
114
72
163
115
73,
164

240

362
242
F2
363
243
3
364

116

244

165
117

365
245

166

366

118

246

167
119

367
247

170!

370

120|
78|
171]

248
¢g
371

121|
79|
172
122

249
€9
372
250

173

373

174

374

7Al

123
78|

124
7c]
175
1251

701

€A

251
FB

252
FC
376
253

176

376

7E]

126 254

OCTAL

DECIMAL
Hex

® NOTE:
WHEN SET IS MAPPED INTO GR,
BIT BBIS 1

ASCII

A-4

Fonts and Character Sets

MLO-438-86

Figure A-2:

DEC Supplemental Character Set (DEC Multinational Set —
Right Half)

B6 85

ses BITS
ar

> oa

0 0 0

001019

oo011]3

240

20
41

AO
241

160

3}ir}f

f£

o1ao0l4}

0o101;}/5]

0110/6

o1r1it17

NBSP} 5,

21]
42
34
221
43

Al
242
162
a2
243

231

35|

245

25
46

as
246

1oot/g

1010/40;

,orsrstqq)

16|

247

27
50
40

a?
250
168

251

79}
52

ag
252

2A
53

AA
283

11
As

260

30
61

80
261

3
62
50
32
63

B1
262
178
82
263

49]

164

244

"tl

|artws}

000/]8

63}

GL|GR

COLUMN
ROW

0000;g

* 6

167

°
,

35
66

BS
266

271

39
72

3A
73

2C
55

AC
255

60]

1 101113)

SHY]

45/1731

61]

1110/14

rruet14§

—

LEGEND

CHARACTER |

56
46
2E|
57|
471

256
174
AE
257
175

2Fl

%
é

3D}

|12
300

192

40
101

co
301

4)
102
66
42
103

C1
302
194
c2
303

€3

104

195

304

196

105

305

45
106

cS
306

ant

89
272

49
112

c9
312

BA
273

4A
113

CA
313

186

187

108

189

76
621
JE}
77
63]

276
190,
BE
277
191

T
L

T
A
I
T

73.

0
0
_

.
O

198

185

—

¢7
310
200

197

199

x
Oo

201

202]

203

114

314

4c
115

cc
315

76| 2041

7/205)

40|

116]
78|
4€|
117]
79|

316
206
CE
317
207

4Fl

°
1

GL |GR

193)

47
110
72

ac
275

4
100

~
E

183

3C
75

4] 172]

|GR

307

274

amy

107

1100/42]

20]

~
A

87
270
184

182

37
70
56

267

181

42] 170]

254

180
84

264

265

179

169

171

177)

|53
|

176

0 0

P
RB

|13

120

320

50
121

00
321

208

2091

51}
122
82
52
123

D1
322
{2100}
p2
323

124

324

2121

125

325

55
1 26

05
326

85
g6

a“

a
‘
@

214)

327

57
130
88

07
330
216

131

331

59
132

pg
332

54
133

DA
333

213,

127

215

¢
6

89/217]

90/218)

91}

“@

219,

134

334

sc
135

oc
335

92) 2200]

93 221

50}

136
94
SE
137
95

336
222
DE
337
223

T
‘

°
"6

GL {GR

140

340

224]
£0

141

341

61
142
98
62
14 3

1
342
226
£2

€3

144

100

2251

227]

344

228]

145

345

65
146

€5
346

101

102

151

351

69
152

€9
352

6A}
153

107
68

€7
350
232

106]

~
°

2300]

67
150
104
68

347

105

229

147

103

23797

233)

238]

235|

EA
353
EB

154

354

6C
15 5

EC
355

415

M2
70

161

0
T 461
361

mn
162
114
72

Fy
362
242
F2

363

8
73

116

243
F3

244

165

365

715
166

FS
366

Fitz

Jie

245

246

76
67

F6
367

774
170
120]

OF?
370
248

171]

371

79]
172

F9
372

TAT
173

FA
373

119 F247

78]

121

249

122] 250

123]

251

108} 236]

124 252

109

‘

1251 253

60]

237

156
110
6E
157
111

356
238
EE
357
239

p
y

7c
175

FC
375

707

ogs

176 376
126 254
7E]
FE
7
Ley ae

CONES

101
65
4)

sor
199
ci

ocrac
DecimaAL
HEX

MLO-449-86

® NOTE
WHEN SET 1S MAPPED INTO GR.
BIT BB IS!

DEC SUPPLEMENTAL

Fonts and Character Sets

A-5

Figure A-3:

ISO Latin-—1 Character Set — Left Half

BITS

eae3az81{

co.umn

ROW

oo000lg
0003]

0010/9

25
46

38
26

’

)

1010/4990]

.o11;41

11 00/421

271

241

161

242
162
a2
243
163
a3
244

164]

245

165

246

16]

47
39

247
167

250

1oo0119g

40
28
51

168
as
251

254

111

0/14

rarer

45
20}
56
46
2E|
57|
47]
2F

255

173
AD
256
174
AE
257
175
AF

260

2
3

4
5

6
7
8

AA
253
171
AaB

170

2A
53
43
2B

:)
252

169

cE
52

aa}172)

1101/13

CHARACTER

42
34
22
43
35
23
44

(

LEGEND

21]

1000/8

tq§

ford?

ax]

0111/7

GL|GR

2 [10

o1o00\l4

0110/6

GL|GR

SP}

0011/3

0101]

;

<
=
>
?

62
50
32
63
51
33
64

52
34

35
66

176

261

177

262
178
B2
263
179
83
264

180
84

265

181

266

182

6?
55

267
183

270

56
38
ny}

184
88
vt

39
12

89
272

3A
73
59
38

BA
273
187
68

274

60
75

61]
30|
76
62]
3E|
77.
63]
3F

A
B
Cc

D
E

F
G
H

186

189
BO
276
190
BE
277
191

276

185

188

L
M
N
O

100

{GR
300

192

101

301

193

102
66
42
103.
67
43
104

68
44

105

69
45

106

302
194
C2
303
195
C3
304

196
c4

305

197

306

198

107
|

307
199

110

310

12
48
vy

73,

Cc?

200
cs
30

414

314

115]

77'|
40/
116
781
4—|
117|
79|
4F|

T
U

Vv
WwW
xX

CA
313
203
ca

202

4A
113
75
48

9
312

204

[

315

205
cD
316
206
CE
317
207
CF

129

320

121
81

122
82
52
123
a3
53
124

84}
54

125

126

320

209

322
210
02
323
211
03
324

2121

325

213,

326

214

127
B7

32?
215

130

330

88
58
13)

216
08
331

134

334

@
@

f
g
h

DA
333
219
0B

93
50|
196
94
5E
137
95

218

5A
133
91
58

92|

og
332

‘

217

59
132

135

208

220}

335

221
oO
336
222
of
337
223
oF

GL |GR

5 |13

201

49
112

GL IGR

[12

1
m
n
Oo

[14

1490

340

£0

141
97

142
98
62
143
99
63
144

100
64

145

101

146

102
66

147
103

150

224
341

225

€1

342
226
&2
343
227
E3
344

228)
€4

345

229,
E5

346

230]
E6

347
23211
e7

350

104
68
151

232]
£8
351

69
152

£9
352

105

106

354

155

109
60}
156
110|
6E|
157
111
6F

r
s

¢
Wt

OV
W
x

10a

234]

154

236]

355

237
ED
356
238)
EE
387
239

7 |15

EA
353
235
EB

GL |GR

23a}

6A
153
107
68

{

|
y
aw

160

112
70

161

113

162
114
72
163
115
73,
164

116
74

165

117
5

166

118

360

240
FO

361
241

362
242
F2
363
243
3
364

244

365

245
FS

366

246

167
119

367
247

170]

370

120}
78}
1717

121|

248
Fg
371

249

79|
1721

F9
372

7Al
173
123
78]

FA
373
281
Fe

122

174]

124|
7c

175

125|
70)
176
126
7E;

250

374

252

376

283
€0
376
254
FE

copes
T~A

101

301

OCTAL

cif

Hex

193

DECIMAL

ASCII

A-6

Fonts and Character Sets

MLO-438-—86

ISO Latin—1 Character Set — Right Half

Figure A—4:

86.
BITS

84636261;

co.uMN
ROW

ooo!:!]f

001019
oor1/3

33]

1100/42]
11011139)

—

@®

101/14]
0

{45>

177

101

301

102

302

42
103

C2
303

163

244

24
45

aa
245

164

165

246

eel

247

167

250

28
5)

as
281

g
1

291
52

ag
252

253

28
54

ABs
254

42
2a

168

169

170
AA

azfany

[12]
2C

255

179

201 AD
56 256
46} 174
2E| ae
57| 257
47| 475
2F

>
%
VW
%

178]

193

264

104

304

34
65

84
265

4a
105

C4
305

52
53

35
66

180

181

266

182

267

183

270

3a
yy]

88
27

39
12

a9
272

73,

273

38
74

B86
274

|
47

58
JA

so]

3c}

&
¢

188

30;
76
62]
JE|
77)
63|

80
276
190
BE
277
191

189

106

107

196

197

306

198

Cc6

307

199

310

48
ray

8
ant

49
112

c9
342

143

313

48
114]

1151 315

187

195

110

185

166
BA

275

186

A
|
ee
|

178

300

GL |GR

192

82
263

49)

261

100

12
13°

14
4A

afl

121,

321

209

122

322

52
123

02
323

54
125

04
325

126

Fs
0

re)

324

83
53

197

212

213

326

214,

327

215

130

330

58
wai

08
330

’

59
132

09
332

133

333

58
134

135

; 50]|
| 136
| 94
1 SE]
' 437
95

203

‘

124

202
CA

40 co
116] 316
78 206
4e|
CE
117] 317
79| 207

208

17 205

320

211

201

204

{13

4c hE

§
129

20]

200

cB
314

;

&@
¢

218
DA

gifa9|

9g2|

sc;

2200]

335

221

00
336
222
DE
337
223
OF

GL |GR

|14

140

340

£0

14t

97
61

224

341

142

342

62
vag

£2
343

{15

160

360

112]
70

161

W143}
nN

F2
363

gj0

144

344

164

64
145

E4
345

74
165

166

167

100

101

146

102
66

147

103
150

€3

228

229

€s

346

201

347

239)

€7

350

72,
163

227]

241

362

240

361

162

26,

26]

08
334

GL |GR

217

90
5A

fia 242
115

243

ae)

116

ti?

fine

364

244

Fa
365
245

366

246

367

119 247
7

170}

370

78}
v1]

€g
371

79|
172

F9
372

173

373

232]

120] 248

105

233

121]

234
EA

“

2357

68
15)
69
152

106
6A

€8
381

€9
352

122
mal

249

250
€a

153

383

68
154

EB
354

2361

124}

’

155

355

175

376

60]
156
110
6e|
1s7
int]

EO
356
238
€€
3577
20,

70|
176
126
te)
177
127

FO
376
254
FE
377
255

A
!
ee
'

ior

oe
6C

109}

27}

€F

OS
oy

123]

7B}
174)
7c

281

FB
374

252
FC

125| 253

CODES

LEGEND
CHARACTER

32
63

—

176

a2
243

lta} K

260

22
43

{12

262

'‘oor#lg

3
60

3a}

|GR

1000/8

242

GL|GR

241

34 162

o11i1/7

180

161

1010110

240

0:01

011016

110

41]

NBSP

0100/4

rrr

GL|GR

0 0 0 0/@

.o1t

101

65
4)

301

193
ci]

OCTAL

DECIMAL
Hex

@NOTE:

WHEN SET 1S MAPPED INTO GR.
BIT 88 1S 1

ISO LATIN-1 SUPPLEMENTAL

MLO-—1053-87

Fonts and Character Sets

A-7

Figure A-—5:

DEC Special Graphics Character Set

BITS

848382811

GL|GR

COLUMN

0010/92

0
!
.

at
33

241
161

42
34

242
162

21]

"wt

0011/3

0100|4

0101/5

0110/6

0114/17

243
163
a3

244

24|

25
46

(

1001/9

)

101

0/10

¥*

1011/44

1100/42

’

1101113]

245

165
as

246

302
194

4
5

251

29
52
42
24]
53

ag
252
170
BA
253

28
54
44
2c]
55

aB
254
172
ac
255

2D]

173

174

rrr

1145

47|

57|

257

175

264

104

304

35
66

180

265

181

266

182

105

69
45

106

196

305

197

306

307
199
co?

270

110

310

72.
aa

49
112
74
4A
113

c9
312
202
CA
313

38
74
69
3c|
75

ea
274
188
gc
275

48
114
76
ac
115]

CB
314
204
cc
315

40;

61]

30;

62|

3€

187

189

276

190

203

205

[
\

4€

277

117] 317

4Fl

791

207

323
211
03

124

324

125

126

212

325

213

326

b
b

331

50}

W
L

217

219

58}
0B
134 334
92 | 220
5c
OC
135 335

221

131)

og
332
218
DA
333

EQ]

SCAN 3{

342
226

330

59
132
90
SA
133

142
98

130

224

7]
[

EIT

240

361
241

162
114

362
242

SCANS

144

344

164

€4

145

101

146

102
66

147
103
67
150

228

345

229
E5

346

t
{

230

347
231
€7

350

104
68

232
£8

105

233

151

351

69
152
106
6A
153

€9
352
234
EA
353

68
154
108
6c
155

€8
354
236
EC
355

1o7

109

60}

156

237

137

337

357

SCAN 1

238

363
243
£3
364

116

264

165

365

17
75

166

118
76

245
FS

366

246

167
119
17|

367
247
7

170]

370

V7]

374

79]
172
122
7Al
173

FQ
372
250
FA
373

7B]
174]
124|
7c]
1751

FB
374
252
FC
375

120] 248
78| €9
121]

123

249

251

125| 253

110
WW)

]

235]

356

163
115
73]

100

360

161
113

E2]}SCAN?7|

(15

160

343
227
_
E3}SCAN9|

222

223

112

143.
99
63

GL|GR

340

jai)
os

114

32?
215
07

as
58

140

341
225

127
B7
57

141
97

(BLANK)

(

214

;

GL |GR

123
B3
53

136 336

206

77'|

191

116 316
78)

B9
272
186
BA
273

185

322
210

201

271

122
82

200
cg

39
72
58
3A
73

208

320

WwW

107
71
47

113

321
209

267
183
B?

120
121
81

198

67
55
37

184
Ba

GL jGR

303
195
C3

;

Cc)

103.
67?
43

171

263
179
83

169

63
51
33

56
38

0114

CHARACTER

102
66

56 256

262
178

168
ag

111

LEGEND

250

2—/

192

62
50

300

100

176

247
167
a?

260

301
193

47
39
27

40
28

|12

3111

101
65

|GR

261
177

166

1000/8

164}

6)
49

43
35
23)

;

GL|GR

2110

ROW

0000l9
ooo]

70|

1261

254

176 376
7€E

239

CODES
—~ A

101

301

OCTAL

HEX

193

DECIMAL

® NOTE
WHEN SET 1S MAPPED INTO GR.

BIT B8 IS)

DEC SPECIAL GRAPHICS

A-8

Fonts and Character Sets

MLO—1057-87

DEC Technical Character Set

Figure A-6:

pee

85
BITS

ee3e281|

couumn

GL| GR

GL|GR

2 [10

3/11

}

ay]
33
21]
42

241
161
al
242

—

22:1
43
35

a2
243
163

0100)]4

44
3%

244
166

o1o1]§

245

0110/16

o11tt]7

[

1000/;]8

[

0001/]4

oo1o0lg
00711

34|

23|
24]

101114491

(

lies

264
180

265

181

5)
4)

281
169

y)
5)

271
185

a2 170

29
52

ag
252

24
53

AA
263

2B
54

1110/1914

)

174

57|

257

2F)

{

acl

47| 175

B6
267

37
0

360

208

224

112

240

114

242

.
-

42
103
67

c2
303
195

10a
68

304
196

124
a4

324
212

105

305

125

325

198

ao
107,

C6
307

a
110.

c7
310

a
?3

311
201

186

187

183

184
88

B89
272
BA
273
BB

BC
275
189
ap

62]

190

188

276

77]

277

jij

A
&
=>

12
4

198

499

200
C8

49
112

cg
[312

4A
CA
113| 313

203

114

314

4c)
115
77°
40|

CC
315
205
co

204

116} 316

78: 206

79] 207)

4Fl

210

D2
323
21)

23}

126

326

56
127

06
327

™

B
X
§

€&

214

2s}

216
DB

YN)

60
yay
97
61
142

62
143
99

66
147

E6
347

232
£8

351
233

234

235f

106

219

GA
153

oor

&9
352
EA
353

€2
363
243

164
116

364
244

165

365

245
£5

166

366

76
167

F6
367

77|
170}

£7
370

471]
121|

371
249

118

246

119 247
120]
78|

248
Fg

79{
172

FQ
372

TA!
173

Fa
373

122 250
t23]

25s

134

334

154

354

174

374

6c
155
109
60}

EC
355
237]
ED

7c
175
125]
70]

FC
375
253
FO

92] 220]

5C
DC
135 335
93 | 221
50! po

136 ; 336
94 | 222

SE | DE

69
152

E7
350

72
163
i

104
68

67
150

70
FO
161 360
143] 241
my
Fy
162 362

117

(yy

0
“T

231

103.

90} 218,

DA
333

91]

230

5A
133

346

102

19)
105

—

7 {15

229

146

331
217

pg
332

€3

345

131
89

23
132

E2
343
227

145

07
330

88
58

226]

344
228]

$/
130

EO
34t
225
Et
342

144
100

117[ 317

52
123
a3

197

50 | 00
12) 324
81
209
$1
01
122 322

306

3C
75
611
30]

10G

274

3e|

co
301
193
C1
302

182

87
270

1101493

36
G?

254

56 256

266

JA
73

171

2C
ac
55 255
a5 173
20| ao

39
72

aafa721<

CHARACTER

5G
38

(

LEGEND

a7
250

168
as

160

5 113

40
101
65
41
102.

178

27
50

1100/49

1111145

AG
247

)

340

192

64
52

167

140

——f

320

ee}

|14

120

|12

176

B2
263
179

GL|GR

26
47

40
28

1010/10

GL {GR

300

32
63
51

GL IGR

100

80
261
177
B81
262

|GR

30
61
49
3!
62

260

246

162]

o |

1‘oorlg

ROW

000

137

337

95/223]

10g

156

110

236]

356

238

167

35?

14}

Ff
<>
y

124

176

126]

252

376
254

239

CODES
~ OC

101

65
av

3O!

193
}oci

OCTAL

DECIMAL
Hex

®@ NOTE:
WHEN SET IS MAPPED INTO GA,
BIT BBiS1

DEC TECHNICAL

MLO-452-86

Fonts and Character Sets

A-9

Figure A-7:

British Character Set

BITS

e4.838281/

GL|GR

coLtumn

2 {10

ROW

o000Tg
0001]

0010/92

33]

21]

oo1rr13

0100};4

34
22
43
35
23
44
36
24

o1o01|]5

0110/16

0111/7
1000/8

242

162
a2
243
163
a3
244
164
A4

245

165

246

247

250

38
26
39
27

(

161

’

241

166
a6

167
a7

168

251

29
52

ag
252

24]
53
43

AA
253
171

1100/42]

44]

254

1101113

2C
55
45
20|
56|

AC
255
173
AD
256

1o001]9

)

1010110

10111491

110/14

moors

LEGEND
CHARACTER

65
41

260

100

2
3
4
5

176

261

50
32
63
51
33
64
52
34

OCTAL

178
B2
263
179
83
264
180
B4

GL |GR

300

120

320

149

|12

192

101

301

102

193

302

6G
42
103
G7
43
104
6a
44

194
c2
303
195
C3
304
196
c4

197

5 |13

go | 208

121
81

51}

122

321

209

322

82
52
123
B3
53
124
ga
54

210
D2
323
211
03
324
212
D4

213

266

106

306

126

326

267

10?

307

127

327

54
36

55
37

181

182
B6
183
B7

105

20
MM

‘1
Vo}

305

125

198
C6

199
¢7

g6
56

g7
5?

214
06
215
07

110

310

130

330

voy

ant

131

39
12

B89
272

49
112

cg
{312

59
132

;

3A
73
59

BA
273
187

4A
113
75

CA
313
203

5A
133
91]

60}

274

114

314

134

3C
75
61]
30]
76

__BC
275
189
8D
276

4c
cc
115 315
77 205
40
cD
116 316

5C
135
93
5D/
136

>
?

62]
3€

77
63}
3F

185
186

188

190

277
191
BF

48!

200

201

202

76 204

78 206

117} 317
79| 207
4Fl CF

rar
97

142

216
331

341

225

€1

342

101

229

146

102
66
147

103
67
150

104
68

151

105

218

106

345
E5

346

230
E6

347

231
€7

350

232

6A
153
107

EA
383
235

334

154

354

OC
335
221
00
336

6c
155
109
60}
156

EC
355
237
ED
356

DA
333
219
oB

1og

222

110

137
95
5F

337
223
DF

157
111]
6F

234

236]

238,
EE

357
239
€&F

7 \15

p
q
r
Ss
t
u
Vv
w
x

351

&9
352

GL{|GR

233]

69
152

92 220

226
&2
343
227
€3
344
228
E4

217

pg
332

340

98
62
143
99
63
144
100
64
65

224]

270

184

|14

145

325

262

GL |GR

IGR

265

172{

177

170

301

193
Cl

257
175
ag

copesES

101

57|
47)
2Fl

GL/|GR

169

46 174
2E|

3/11

O
{

160

112
70

360

240
FO

161 |361
W130}

162

241

362

114
72
163
115
73.|
164
116
74

242
F2
363
243
F3
364
244
Fa

117

245

165
75

166

118
76
167

119
77|
170

120]
78

171]

121]

79}
172
122

365
F5

366

246
F6
367

247
=F?

370

248

371

249

FQ
372

250

{

7Al
173
123]

124] 252

)

™~

7B]

FA
373
251
FB

174

374

7¢|
175
125|
7D|
176

FC
375
253
FD
376

126
7E

254

DECIMAL
HEX

® NOTE:
WHEN SET |S MAPPED INTO GR,
BIT B8 IS 1

BRITISH

A-10

Fonts and Character Sets

MLO-104 1-87

Figure A-8:

French Character Set

BITS

84 63.8281)

GL|GR

COLUMN

ROW

|10

0000l®%
0001]

0010/9

0100|4

010115

011016
o1ir.i1l17

&
'

1000/8

(

1oaotrlg

)

101

0|10

33
21]
42
34

161
al
242
162

43
35
23)
44
36
24)
45
97
25

243
163
a3
244
164
A4
245
165
as

246

0011/3

1011141

1100/42]

241

38
26
47
39
27
50

166
a6
247
167
a?
250

28
51

ag
251

29
52

ag
252

253

40
41}

42
2A

43
2B
54

aaj

2C-}

2
3
4
5
6
7

168

i9]

170
AA

171
AB
254

172],

GL|GR

iGR

’

|12

192

101

301

260

100

4g
61

3/11

O
!

49
31
62
50
32

176

261

177
81
262
178

65
41
102
G6
42

GL |GR

/13

208

300

120

121,

114

2241

140

321

141

81
51
122
82

209
01
322
210

GL |GR

320

193
C1
302
194

97
61
142
98

340
£0

341

225
E1
342
226
E2

63
51
33
64
52
34
65
53
35

263
179
B3
264
180
B4
265
181
85

103
67
43
104
68
44
105
69
45

303
195
C3
304
196
c4
305
197
C5

123
ga
53
124
B4
54
125
85
55

323
211
D3
324
212
04
325
213
DS

143
99
63
144
100
64
145
101
65

343
227
£3
344
228
E4
345
229
ES

266

106

306

126

326

146

346

54
36
G?
55
37
70

182
B6
267
183
B7
270

184

790
AG
107
71
a
110

198
C6
307
199
Cc?
310

ge
56
127
a7
57
130

214
D6
327
215
D7
330

102
66
147
103
67
150

o8
331

68
151
69
152

Eg
352
353

200

216

10a

38
mn

88
271

48
mt

C8
[30

58
131

39
72

B9
272

49
112

cg
312

59
132

D9
332

73°)

273

113

313

133

333

153

92 220

108

58]
3A

59
3B
74|

60}

185

186
BA

187
BB
274

188

74
4A

75
4B
114

201

202
CA

203
CB
314

204

90
5A

91
5B}
134

217

218
DA

219
DB
334
OC

105

106
6A

107
6B
154
6C

230
E6
347
231
€7
350

236,
EC

1104/14

56)
46

256
174

76]
62|

276
190

116
781

316
206

136
94

336
222

156
10]

356
238]

rrero11q5

57|
47|

257
175

77,
63|

277
191

117] 317
79} 207

137
95

337
223

157
111]

357
239

101

301

OCTAL

HEX

LEGEND
CHARACTER

2E|

2F|

AE
AF

275
189

115
77}

315
205

135
93

335
221

155
109

355
237

3E|

BE
UBF

40}

4e|

4Fl|

50/

OE
oF

6D}

6E|

t
u
Vv
Ww

75
611

30]

234
EA

1101/13

20}

23a]

55
45

255
173

235
EB
354

1
GL jGR

232)

E8
351

|15

112

240

160
70

161

360
FO

361

113
71
162
114

241
64
362
242

163
115
73.
164
116
74
165
117
75

363
243
F3
364
244
F4
365
245
FS

166

366

118
76
167
119
77)
170}

246
F6
367
247
7
370

78|
171]

Fg
371

79|
172

F9
372

173

372

120}
121|

122
7A|

123
78]
174}

124}
7C

248

249

250
FA

251
FB
374

252

175.|
125}

375
253

°°

176
126

376
254

7D!

7€|

CODES
TA

193

DECIMAL

# NOTE:
WHEN SET 1S MAPPED INTO GR,
BIT BB IS 1

FRENCH CHARACTER SET

MLO-1044—87

Fonts and Character Sets

A-11

Figure A-9:

DEC French-Canadian Character Set

BITS
B4 83 8281!

B5
COLUMN

GL| GR
2110

ROW

oo0o00f9

0001]
0010/9
9011/3

33}

"WW

42
34
22
43
35
23}

242
162
a2
243
163
a3

244

0100/4

0101/5

0110/6

o13143/7

45
q7
25
4G

26
47

111 0114
rrr

{dy

LEGEND
CHARACTER

2
3
4
5

6
7
8

41
29
52
42

169
ag
252
170

253

43.)

167

168

ag
251

1010/40

1101113

166]

247

28
51

)

’

245
165
as
246

1oo0119

10 0/42

164

250

(

1otty4

161]

1000/18

241

171

’

54
44
2c}
55
45
2D}
56

254
172
ac
255
173
AO
256

2E}
57|

AE
257

<
=

46/174]

47] 175

GL|GR
3111

GL
4

260

ag
61

49
3!

176

261

177
Bt

62
50
32
63
51
33

262
178
82
263
179
B3

264

65
53
35
66

36
G7

180

265
181
B5
266

182

267

183

3/7

270

J8
MN

88
271

5
57
39
»?
SB

B
Cc
D
E

F
G
H

185
89
272
186

273

187

274
188
ac
275
189
80
276

3E
77|

BE
277

63]

184

74{
60
3c
75
61
3D]
76

62]

J
K
L
M

190

191

100

|GR
112
300

192

301

101

1931

102.
GG
42
103
67
43

302
194
C2
303
195
c3

104

304

105
G9
45
108

‘1

196

305
197
C5
306

198

307

199

10.

310

cB
311

Q
R
S
T
U

Vv
W
x

7s
Wo}
rie
i

201
cg
312
202

113

313

203

48 | cB

114 , 314
76 204
cc
4c
115 315
77 205
a0. cD
116. 316

78 206

4€| CE
117] 317

79| 207

af]

Zz
a
G
e
A

—

GL {GR
6
114

120

320

1490

340

50 |

209

122
82
52
123
g3
53

208

121, 321

141

224
341

2251

322
210
02
323
211
03

142
98
62
143
99
63

342
226
E2
343
227
€3

124

324

144

344

54 |

212

125 | 325
85 | 213
55
D5
126 326

214

127

327

130

215

GL |GR
5 113

GS]

200

100

145
101
65
146

102
66

147

103

O07

6G?

330

150

228

345
229
ES
346

230)
E6

347

231

160

112

360

240

70;

113-1

241

162
114
72
163
115
73

362
242
F2
363
243
&3

16) rer]

r
Ss

164

t
u

364

116

244

165
117)
15
166

365
245
FS
366

118

246

167

367

119
7?

E?7

350

GL|GR
7 115

170

247
F?

370

104

232

120]

248

217
pg
332
218

105
69
152
106

233
E9
352
234

121]
79|
172
122

249
F9
372
250

133 333

153

353

173

373

7B}

216

89
o9
132
30

58
gt

“B

08
331

219

68
51

107

E8
351

235

€B

134 334
92 220
sC_ OC
135 335
93 221
50. 0D
136 336

154
108
6c
155
109
60}
156!

SE
ODE
137 337

ce | EE
157 | 357

222

95 | 223
SF |

110,
111)
6F

354
236
EC
355
237
ED
356

78)
t7t|

123

25)

1741 374
124 252
7c FC
175375
175 253
70, FO
176 | 376

u
e

238]

¢g8
371

126!
7E

254

239

CODES
y-A

101

65
41

301

193
C1

OCTAL

DECIMAL
HEX

® NOTE:
WHEN SET IS MAPPED INTO GR,
BIT BB IS 1.

DEC FRENCH-CANADIAN CHARACTER SET

A-12

Fonts and Character Sets

MLO- 1045-87

Figure A-10:

DEC Norwegian/Danish Character Set

*
86

BITS

84 63 62B1|

*
1

GL j|GR

|GR

3/11

|12

1/13

|14

(15

192

208

224

112

240

261
177
81
262
178

101
65
4|
102
66

301
193
C1
302
194

121
81
51
122
82

321
209
D1
322
210

141
97
61
142
98

341
225
E1
342
226

179

195

211

227]

228]

«¢t

41
33
21]
42
34

!
"!

|10

%
&

4a
38

)

101

01/40

101

11471

0/42

246
166

o1o01|5

1oo03808;9

164

a4
245
165

2a}
45
a7!

(

a3
244

163

3]
44

0o100;/4

1000

A2
243

’

241
161
al
242
162

22
43

0011/3

4,7

26
47
39
27

ag
247
167
a7

250

168

251

52
42

252
170

253

4\
29

169
ag

’

171
AB
254
172

1101443

55
45

255
173

110/14

rrspstF5

56
46
2E|
57|
47|
2Fl

256
174
AE
257
175
ar

301

OCTAL

LEGEND
CHARACTER

20{

copes

T-A

101

65
41

193
C1

260

100

61
49
3
62
50

176

120

C3
304

53
124

03
324

63
144

E3
344

34
65
53

B4
265
181

44
105
69

C4
305
197

54
125
85

D4
325
213

64
145
10}

£4
345
229

GG
54

266
182

106
70

306
198

126
g6

326
214

146
102

346
230

7
8
9
:

;

36
G7
55
37

B6
267
183
B7

4
107.
|
a)

C6
307
499
C7

56
127
a7
57

292

D6
327
215
D?

270

110

310

130

330

184

200

100

66
147
103
67
150

E2
343

E6
347
231
€7
350

216

104

232

271

311

131

331

151

351

7?
58

272
186

112
74

312
202

132
90

332
218

152
106

352
234

73:

273

113

313

133

333

153

353

G7
39

185
a9
BA

187
BB
274
188

75|
61]

275
189

76
62]
3—E|
77)
63
3F

276
190
BE
277
191
BF

59
3B
74
60

196

62
143

43
104

D2
323

340

83
264

180

52
123

140

33
64

C2
303

320

B2
263

42
103

300

32
63

43
2B
54
44

|GR

o131.3

|ROW

0110/16

GL| GR

o000T9

0010/19

GL|GR

COLUMN

000114

*
1

3D]

#3
49°}

75
48
114
76

201
9
CA

83
29

217
09
DA

105
69

q
r

74
165
117

F4
365
245

166
118

366
246

Ww
x
y

315
205

135
93

335
221

155
109

355
237

116}
78}
4E|
117]
79}
4F|

316
206
CE
317
207
CF

136
94
5E
137
95
SF

336
222
DE
337
223
DEF

156
110}
6—E
157
111
6F

356
238]
EE
357
239
EF

40;

50/

60]

115

116

76
167
119
77|
170]

g@B

243

244

F6
367
247
=F?

370

120]

248

Wi}

371

172
122

372
250

173

373

78|

121|
791!
7Al

115
77}

161 361
113] 241
nN
F1
162 362
114 242

F3
364

219
OB
334
220

360

73
164

91
58
134
92

F2
363

235)
EB
354
236

160

72
163

203
CB
314
204

107
68
164
108

233
Eg

249
£9
FA

123]
78)
174}
124]

251
FB
374
252

1795
1251

375
253

7c]

7D]

176 376
126 254
7E; FE

DECIMAL
HEX

® NOTE:
WHEN SET 1S MAPPED INTO GR,

NEC A
DEC
NORWEGIAN/DANISH CHARACTER SET

MLO-1049-87
—
-

Fonts and Character Sets

A-13

Figure A-11:

DEC Finnish Character Set

BITS

saeseze1{

covumn

GL|GR

0000/9
0001/4
0010/19

0100|4

o1oiu}y

1000/18

243

23)

A4
245

246

247

27
50

A?
250

251

40
28

)

101

1011/44

1100142

’

24
45

38
26

(

163

244

27
25

1oo348rlg
0/40

242
162

0111/7

42
34

901113

0110/6

241
161

164

165
as

166
a6

167

168
as

41
29
52

169
ag
252

253

2B
54
44

«AB
254
172

255

42
2A

a3}

56
46

256
174

4711795}

57|

257

10114

rrr

ids

LEGEND
CHARACTER

45
2D}

2E]

copes

y-A

101

65
41

301

193
Cl

173
AD

GL|GR

260

100

300

120

320

1490

340

30
61
49

B0
261
177

40
101.
65

co
301
193

50
121,
81

00
321
209

60
141
97

EQ
341
223]

70
FO
161 | 361
113 241
71

62
50

262
178

102
GG

302
194

122
82

322
210

142
98

342
226

162
114

362
242

263

103

303

123

323

143

343

163

363

3 [11

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:

176

179

192

211

6 |14
96

224

227}

304

124

324

144

344

34
65

B4
265

44
105

C4
305

94
125

04
325

64
145

E4
345

266

10G

306

126

326

146

346

267

10?

307

127

327

147

347

37
0

B7
270

A)
10

C7
310

of
130

D?
330

67
150

104
68

E7
350

232
EB

271

311

131

331

151

351

44
4A

202
CA

218
DA

106
6A

53
35
54
36
55
56
38
uo?
39
72

58
3A

181
B5

182
B6
183
184
BB

185
B9
272

186
BA

196

69
45

70
AG
7t

12
ag

#3
49
112

197
cs
198
C6

499

200
C8

201
cg
312

208

104

264

180

195

5 [13

4 |12

B4
85
55

86
56

88
28

212

213
D5
214
D6

215
216
DB

89
593-1
132

217
pg
332

90
5A

|GL]GR

100

101
65

102
66
103

105
69
152

£3

228

229
ES

230
E6
231

233
€9
352

234
EA

7 |15

§
t
u
Vv
w
x
y
z

160 ; 360

112

115
73.)

164

240

243
F3

364

116

244

74
165

F4
365

166

366

167

367

77
1701}

F7
370

171]

371

117
75
118
76

119
120}
781

245
FS

246
F6

247

248
Fg

121}
79}
172

249
FQ
372

122]
7A|

250
FA

73:

273

113

313

133

333

153

353

173

373

3B
74
60

BB
274
188

48
114
76

cB
314
204

58
134
92

oB
334
220

6B
154
108

EB
354
236

7B}
174
124

FB
374
252

275

115

315

135

335

155

355

1751

375

76
62]

276
190

116]
78.

316
206

136
94

336
222

156
110

356
238

176
126

376
254

77:|

277

117] 317

137

337

157

357

4Fi

171

1101/13

GL |GR

170
AA

GL |GR

O
41
33

GL|GR

2 |10

ROW

3
<
=

3C
61]
30}

187

189
BD

191

77
40

203

205
co

79} 207

93
5D,

219

221
DD

223

107

109
60}

11]

235,

237
ED

°
a

123

7c}

125}
7D!

251

253
FD

239

OcTAL

DECIMAL
HEX

® NOTE:
WHEN SET IS MAPPED INTO GR,
BIT B8IS 1

DEC FINNISH CHARACTER SET

A~-14

Fonts and Character Sets

MLO-1043-87

Figure A-12:

German Character Set

BITS

GL|GR

B4 8382811

COLUMN

[ROW
0000/9
0001]

001019

0100/4

orols

011016

161
ag
242
162

243

23]

1000/8

(

1001/9

)

1010140

163

244

2
3

45
37}
25

245
165
as

246

38
26
47
39

166
a6
247
167

GL|GR

|GR

|12

60
4g
30

6
7

49
3]
62
50
32

63
51

33
64

52
34

260
176
BO

100
64
40

177
81
262
178

65
41
102
66

193
C1
302
194

103

303

261

263

179

264

180
84

300
192
co

101

301

104

68
44

195

304

305
197
C5

266

106

306

70
46
107
7+

198
C6
307
199

123

323

124

ga
54

211

324

144

212

125
a5
55

325
213
D5

126

326

g6
56
127
g7

143

214
D6
327
215

100

341

225|
€1
342
226
E2

343

227

£3

344

146

346

102
66
147
103

230
E6
347
231

Cc?

130

330

150

104
68

350

232
EB

251

271

311

13}

331

15}

351

56
38

9
:

57
39
72
58

;

73
59

184
B8

200
CB

’

254

/13f

45/173]

0114

56
46}

256
174

76
62|

276
190

116] 316
78] 206

rrr 1itsy

47) 1795)

57|

257

77:

117| 317

63)

277

2D]

2E}

172

255

3C}

61]

3D]

3€

185
B9
272
186

72
48

13°
49
112
14

201
cg
312
202

273
187

113
75

313
203

274

114

314

188

275

189

191

88
58

89
59
132
90

217
09
332
218

.
A

133
gt

333
219
334

541

204

134

115

315

135

40;

77 205

4€

4Fi

79| 207

216
08

220

335

93 221

5D]

105
69
152
106

233
EQ
352
234

153
107

353
235

154

354

108
6C

155

109

60}

236
EC

356
238]

137

337

157

357

111

x
y

(15

161

361

160
112
70

360
240
FO

113
|
162
114

241
By
362
242

163

363

115

164

116
74

243

364

244
F4

165
117
75

365
245
FS

166

366

118
76
167
119

246
F6
367
247

170

370

171]

371

120]
78]

248
£9

121|
791
172
122

249
FQ
372
250

we
a

173
123]

373
251

124|

174

374

156
110;

237]

336
222

95 223

355

136
94
5E

345
229
E5

310

145
103
65

168
as

110

40
28

228

100142

CHARACTER

97
61
142
98

141

270

LEGEND

209
D1
322
210

321

340
224
EO

1141

81
51
122
82

121

GL|GR

114

253
171

140
96
60

53
43}

320
208
DO

250

¥*

1101

|13

GL {GR

169
ag
252
170

120
go
50

41
29
52
42

101

105
69
45

182
B6
267
183

265
181
B5

GL |GR

196

65
53
35
54
36
6?
55

3111

164

’

241

33
21]
42
34

22}

oo!rsrl]g

o1ritl7

110
O

!
‘
WW

7Al

7c}

175

¢€aA

252

375

125} 253
70!

176
126
7E

376
254

239

CODES
T.-A

101

65
41

301

193
ci

OCTAL

DECIMAL
HEX

# NOTE:
WHEN SET IS MAPPED INTO GR,
BIT BB IS 1

GERMAN CHARACTER SET

MLO-1046—-87

Fonts and Character Sets

A-15

Figure A-—13:
88

DEC Dutch Character Set
e

BITS

g4@38281}

co.umn

e
1

GL| GR

ooo:]

42
34]

242
162]

243

244

0010/9
oo1r1]/g
0100/4!

§
%

0110/6]

o1rrirl7]

’

1000]

(

1oorlg

)

101

1o11fl4g]
1

100142

1101/1437

+
’

111 0/14
rrr

11451

LEGEND

CHARACTER I

snore

3!
23}

0101/85]

0/1970]

21]

copes
Jone
101 sor
eed

24)

7!
25
46

399

241

161]
At

63]
a3

164]
Aa

245

51
As
246

166]

247

167]

250

5)
41]
29
52

251
101
ag
252

253

40
28

42
2A

168]
ag

170
AA

261

62
50

262
178

263

264

3
4
§

6
7
g

9
.
.

177

51
33

179
B3

180]

265

53
35
66

181
B5
266

af
67
39
12

27
185
89
272

273

38]

184
Ba

173]

61)

19]

56| 256
4 174]

76
62|

276
190]

77:

277

2E|

57|

257

OCTAL
oe

187|

168
BC
275

30] 8D

63}
3F

191
BF

200
cB

ow
x

202
CA

75)

203t

313

cok

314

76
4c
15

204
i172
CCE...
315 Be

COE:

205 ff

116] 316
78| 206
4—|

117]

317

79| 207
afl CF

|13

GL |GR

|14
———

141

3a!

GL|GR

Semen

161

361

140
96
60

209

122
82

322
210

142
98

342
226

162
114

362
242

123

323

143

163

363

124

324

144

344

164

364

121, 32t
51

a3
53

84
54

125
85
55
126

127

21
03
212

99
63

100
64

325

145

214

102

213
05
326

327

101
65
146

147

340
224
EO

160
112
70

225

113]

|15

129 320
80 208
50 , 00

227
€3
228
E4

345

229
ES
346

230
£6

347

115
73

116
74

165

117
75
166

118

167

241
FI

243
F3
244
F4

365
245
F5
366

246
F6

367

215

103

771

130

330

150

170]

370

131
a9
53
132

331
217
pg
332

151
105
69
152

71]
121|
79}
172

371
249
F9
372

133

333

153

173

373

78]

88 | 216
98
OB

90
5A

218
DA

219

104
68

106
6A

107

134

334

154

221

109

92
5C
135
50

220
DC
335
oo

123}

337

157

248
£8

250
FA

281

174

374

125|

283

137

122]
7Al

156
110

223
OF

120]
78)

124
7c]
175

336
222

95
SF

119 247

108
6C
155

136
94
5E

23)

360
240
FO

176]
126
7€

252
FC
376

376
254

Wy
6F

eeeFOLLOWING TABLE INDICATES THE APPROXIMATIONS THAT ARE USED
THE
TO REPRESENT THE DUTCH CHARACTERS THAT ARE NOT AVAILABLE IN THE
DECMCS SET, (THESE APPROXIMATIONS ARE TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE
VT220 AND VT240,) THE CHARACTER POSITION IN THE CHART IS LISTED BY
COLUMN/ROW.,

Fonts and Character Sets

id
4A

77)

ol
too?

114

COLUMN/
ROW

DEC DUTCH

198)

307

310

BIT BBIS1

FROM ASCII

197
cs
306

113

305

vin [30
13 201
49
cg
112 312

196

110

12
48

WHEN SET4S MAPPED INTO GR

DIFFERENCES

195
C3

liso,

186
J
BA]

45}

471175]
2F! ag

274

69
45
106

20!

105

254

60
JC
75

304

104

1727
AC
255

303

67
43

10?

270

58
JA

103

“GO
38

302
194

102.
6G

267

183)

193

182]

301

101

HIGHLIGHTS

A-16

er
44/1
2C
55

oO
41}

GL |GR

110

ROW
0000/9]

4/0

5/11

7/11
7/12
7/14

CHARACTER SET
NAME (SYMBOL)

APPROXIMATION
NAME (SYMBOL)

THREE QUARTERS (3/4)

SUPERSCRIPT (3)

DIAERESIS (*")
F LORIN SIGN (f)
ACUTE ACCENT (')

QUOTATION MARKS ("')
LOWERCASEf (f)
APOSTROPHE, SINGLE QUOTATION MARK,
ASCI| ACUTE ACCENT (‘)

LOWERCASE ij LIGATURE (ij) LOWERCASE y WITH DIAERESIS (¥)

MLO-1042-87

Figure A-14:

ay)

ISO Italian Character Set

BITS

eaezazei{

GL| GR

co.umn

2 110

ROW

00009
0oo0oo0o1]f
0010/19

oo11;3

0100/4

t
.
"

163

23
44

we}

24|

o101]5

0110/16

o1rtf7

241
161
At
242
162
a2

17
25
46

’

243

A3
244

164]
pa

245

165
as
246

166]

26
47
39
27

AG
247
167
az

250

28
5)

AB
281

1000)8

(

1oorlg

)

1010110]

1071/97

1100/42

’

1101

413

0414

rors

11S]

44 172
2C
ac
55 255
45 173
20| aD
56 256
46 174
2E] AE
57| 257

LEGEND
CHARACTER

1
2
3

4
5

6
7

168

41/9}

252

24,

28
54

170
AA

260

100

30
61
49
3
62
50
32

BO
261
177
B1
262
178
B82

40
101
65
41
102
66
42

179

176

263

33
-64

B3
264

52
34

180
4

265

53
35
G6

181
B5
266

36
6?
55
3

86
267
183
B7

38
a

SG
7

39
72

63}

50
121,
a1
51
122
82
52

DO
dat
209
o1
322
210
D2

103.

303

123

43
104

c3
304

53
124

195

196

105

69
45
106

305

323

211

03
324

22}

125

325

D6
327
215
07

270

310

130

330

B88
270

48
mo

ce
fan

58
131

D8
331

184

185

12,

272

112

co
301
193
C1
302
194
c2

208]

56
127
g7
57

320

5 113

C6
307
499
{oo

188
ac
275
189
gp
276
190
BE
277

120

4G
107
|
ay

182

60
3c]
75
61]
30]
76.
62]
3E]
77

300

192

213;
0S
326

GL |GR

8
55
126

|GR

4 |12

197
C5
306

;

a7} 175]

2F\

171

254

GL|GR

253

3/11

0
41]
33
21
42
34
22

186

273

113

187

274

114

191

198

200
201

312

202

89
59

132

214

133

333

314

134

76
4c}
115}
77
40|
116
78.
4€|
117]

204
cc
315
205
co
316
206
CE
317

4F|]

79} 207

219

334

92
sc
135
93
50]
136
94
SE!
137

220
oc
335
221
op
336
222
oe
337

95|

b
c

@
@

f
9g

217

313

203

‘

332

223]

GL {GR

216

90 218

j
k
]
m
n

6 14

140

“340

60
141
97
61
142
98
62

£0
341
225
€1
342
226
£2

224]

143

343

63
144

E3
44

100
64

145

227

228]
€4

345

101
65
146

2297
€5
346

66
147
103
67

E6
347
231
€7

150

350

102

230}

1
GL iGR

7 [15

p
q
r
s

¢
OU

OV
w

160

112

"360

240

70
FO
161 361)
113 244
m1
By
162 362
114 242
72:
£2
163

°363

73:
164

F3
364

115

116
74

165

117
75
166

118

243

244
Fa

365]

245
FS
366

246

76
167
119
77|

F6
367
247
€7

170]

370

104

232]

120| 248

105

233)

121}

249

152

352

172

372

68
151
69

106
6A

153

107

154

€8
351

€9

24]

353

2
.

235

354

‘

108
6c
155
109
‘60}
196
110
6E}
157

236}
oO
EC
355
S
237
e
ED
356).
238
1
EE
357

78|
171|
79}

122
7A]

173

123

174

124]
7c
175
125|
70|
176
126
76

¢g
379
F9

250

373

251

374

252
FC
375
253
FO
376
254
FE

239

copes
~A

101

65
4)

301

193
ci

OCTAL

DECIMAL
Hex

® NOTE:

WHEN SET 1S MAPPED INTO GR.
BIT BB1S 1

ISO ITALIAN

MLO-—445-86

Fonts and Character Sets

A-17

Figure A-15:

DEC Swiss Character Set

84 83 .828!|
0000

COLUMN
ROW
!

oo1o0]9

oo1r11/9

o1oo0l4]

§$

0101

011016]

o11.t]|7

’

1oo0o0;/8]

(¢

1ooilg

)

0;4Q]

241

21]
42

at
242

22:
43
35
23

a2
243
463
a3

244

24!

33
34}

45
YW?

25
46

245
165

246

166)

247

250

78
51

ag
254

42
42

252
170

253

28
54

AB
254

2c
55

ac
255

20|
56|

AD
256

57|
a7)

257
is]

39
27

161

|i)

167
a?

1
GL|GR

2/10

0
GL| GR

oo0o01]4

101

85
BITS

4
5

6
7

3
60

11
260

30
61

B80
261

3
62

81
262

32
63
51
33

B2
263
179
83

264

52
65

11011413)

as|173]

46; 174]
2E| AE

ea]
ras]
B9
BA

187

38 | 8B
74 274
3c}
75

ac
275

30}
76

80
276

77}
63]

277
191

61}

621
3E
3F

I
J

iaa}

190|
BE

304

105
69

100

196

305
197

306

198

VO?

307

3tof

‘v1
Wf

199
oo7

r+
WT

200

201
cg

vee
14

[312
202

13}

313

vA |

WwW

75° 203

204}

205

48 | cB
114 314
4c
116

CC
318

40° co
116 316

78 206
4€) CE

117, 317
79| 207
afl

§
120
so

113
320]
208

6 114
a0340.
224

225

226

51
122

01
322

61
142

E1
342

52
123
g3
53

D2
323
211
03

62
143
99
63

€2
343
227
€3

124

324

144

344

125

209

210

212

325

213

126

326

214

GL |}GR

60
vay

0
GL {GR

50
DO
121, 321

100

145
101

146

102
66

£0
341

228]

345
229

€5

346

290)
€6

«it
u

327

147

130

330

150

%8
13)

08
331

68
151

132
90

332
218

152
106

133

333

193

353

58
134

0B
334

68
154]

E68
354F

sc oc
135 335

6c
165

EC
355.

60;
166]

EDF
356F

157
111

357
239

g?
ot

a9
59

215
07

216

217
09
DA

219

92 | 220
93

221

50.
136

bo
336

137-337
95 | 223

94 222
SE DE
SF

103
67

347

12?

‘

231
€7

350

7 115
Peo360
112

70
161

f13

240

FO
36t

1
162

ogy
362

72.
163
ms
13.

€2
363
243
F3

ita

164

116
74

165

242

364

244
F4

365

VW7

245

166

366

118
76

167

246
F6

367

119}
7}

247
7

170]

370

78/
171]

¢9
370

172
122

372
250

173

373

7B]
174|

FB
374

mc
175|

FC
375

70}
176

FD
376

104

232]

1201 248

105
69

233]
€9

121}
79]

'or

108

109}

to}
6E|
6F

€8
351

352
234

oy
z

235F

236
2378

7Al

123

249
F9
FA

251

124| 252

125] 253

23a
EE

126 254
7k FE

HIGHLIGHTS
OCTAL

DIFFERENCES

DECIMAL

FROM ASCII

HEX

AWHEN SET 1 MAPPED INTO GR

BIT BBIS 1

DEC SWISS

A-18

104

194

273

a4}i21

CHARACTER

C2
303
195
c3

3A]

LEGEND

42
103
67
43

272
166

110 0}42]

Cl
302

193

»)
58

4)
102

‘| ce
roy
Poon

«1
9

2Fl

co
301

183
87

40
101

1
GL {GR

192

88
27)

[a7

182

112
300

270

|tS]

181

4
100

rrr

265

{GR

JH
yy]

1orirla!]

1+ 10114

267

uo
3!

41/691
29 ag

178

477

266

aulies|

204)

176

0
GL

Fonts and Character Sets

NOTE:

AT COLUMN/ROW 5/15 LOWERCASE @ WITH GRAVE ACCENT
REPLACES UNDERLINE (_) WHICH 1S USED IN ASCII AND ALL
OTHER NRC SETS.
MLO-45 1-86

Figure A-16:

DEC Swedish Character Set

BITS

pae3e281/

co.umn

GL| GR

2 [10

ROW

0000fg
'
°
"

41
33
21]
42
34

241
161
at
242
162

0011/3

43
35
231

243
163
a3

0100/4

44}

244

o1o31|5

oo001!]4f
0010/9

0110/6
011.317
1000|8

(

)

101

0/190

1011441

1100442
1101

1110114

CHARACTER

246

247

27
50

AT
250

101

65
41

167

168

251

252

253

254

41
“9

1?
2A

a3
28
44
2C
55
45
20}
56|
46}
2E|
57)
2F

301

193
C1

GL|GR

260

100

30
61
49
3
62
50

BO
261
177
81
262
178

1
2

63
51
33

3
4

5
6
7
8

300

120

320

140

40
101
65
4a)
102
6G

co
301
193
C1
302
194

50
121
81
51
122
82

DO
321
209
ot
322
210

60
141
97
61
142
98

263
179
83

103
67
43

303
195
c3

123
g3
53

323
211
03

143
99
63

343
227
€3

144

344

176

B82

208

114

224)

340

EO
341
225
£1
342
226
E2

304

124

ga
212
24 D4
125 | 325
85° 243
45
D5

324

100
64
145
101
65

228
E4
345
229
E5

266

100

306

126

326

146

346

cé6

267

1O/

307

37
10

B7
270

VV
tig

Cc?
310

5h
56

182

183
184
88

68
a4
105
69
45
my
‘1

7”

196
ca
305
197
C5
198

199

214

102

12)

327

215

147

103

of
130

D7?
330

67
150

200

216

230

347

231

E7
350

104

232

331

151

351

332

152

271

P3aa

13)

272

vie

312

13?
90
SA

218
DA

273

113

313

133

333

153

353

274

114 314

134

334

154

354

186
BA

104

8
JA

5 [13

192

180
B4
265
181
B5

|12

264

170
AA

52
34
65
53
35

185
89

172
AC
255
173
AD
256
174
AE
257

GL |GR

G7
39

;

GL jiGR

{074
AB

iGR

169
ag

47} 1795]

copes

y~A

166

LEGEND

’

413

rrr

164
Aa
245
165
as

1oo1]9g

36
241
45
27
25
38

’

3/11

12-|

59
38

187
88

60
3c}
75
61]
30]
76
62]
JE
77.|

188
ac
275
189
80
276
190
BE
277

63}

191

14
|

‘V1
aA

201
cg

89}
“9

202
CA

75° 203
48 | cB

91
oB

217
09

219
OB

76 204
4c
cc
115 315
77° 205
40. co
116 316
78 206
4—{ CE
117] 317

92 220
1, 5C
DOC
j 135 335
' 93 221
; 59 od
' 136 336
' 94 222
i 5E + DE
137337

4Fl

79| 207

95
5F

223

q
r
Ss
t
u
v

160

70: FO
161 361
WW3 241
BY
162 362
114 242
72

363
243
F3

164

364

166

366

116 244
74
Fa
165 365
117 245
en)
118
76

235
£8

108
6c
155
109
60}
156
110
6
157

236
EC
355
237
ED
356
238
EE
357

.
a
UW

367

77
170}

F7
370

120|

246

167

234
EA

163
115
73

119

106
GA

360

112 | 240

iy}

7 |15

2331
£9

107
6B

GL|GR

105
69

352

78)

171]

121|
79]

172

247

248
Fg

371

249
=&9

372

122
7A;

250
FA

173

373

174

374

123
7B}

251
FB

124| 252
7c} FC
175, 375
1254 253
1D} FO
176 376
126 254
7E,
FE

239

OCTAL

DECIMAL
HEX

@ NOTE:
WHEN SET IS MAPPED INTO GR,
BIT BB IS 1

DEC SWEDISH CHARACTER SET

MLO-1054—87

Fonts and Character Sets

A-19

Figure A-—17:

ISO Spanish Character Set

BITS

eaaaeze{

GL|GR

corumn

2 110

ROW

o000l9
0001]

901019

241

21)
42
34

Al
242
162

43
35
23)

243
163
a3

244

oo11!13

010014

0101]5

0110/6

o1ir1/7

33}

246

1o01];9

)

1010140

250

40
28
51
41
29
52
42

2A
53

1 10 0142

’

44}

11031113

111

0114

rrr

11th}

CHARACTER

55
45
20]
56
46
2E|
57|

101

65
41

301

193
C1

® NOTE:
WHEN SET IS MAPPED INTO GR,
BIT BBIS 1
ISO SPANISH CHARACTER SET

A-20

167
a?

168
ag
251
169
ag
252
170
AA

1
2
3

4
5
6
7
8
9
:

253

]17

;

254

172]

255
173
AD
256
174
AE
257

Fonts and Character Sets

<
=
>

GL|GR

{GR

GL |GR

260

100

300

120

320

176]

261

3
62
50

81
262
178

63
51
33

263
179
83

264

a7; 175)?
261 ag

copes

y~A

166

247

1011/41

LEGEND

165
as

39
27

(

164l

248

1000|]8

a?
25

11]

3/11

O
!

177

180

265

266

53
35
54

181
B5

182

267

270

55
3?
56
38
nf
57
39
72
58

3A
73

3Cj}

75]
6!
3D]
76
62]
3€
77)

63}
3F]

183
B?

184
88
271
185
89
272
186

273

187

274

188

275
189
BD
276
190
BE
277

191
BF

4 |12

M
N

103
67
43

303
195
C3

104

304

196

105

305

106

306

C1
302
194

69
45

41
102
66

193]

301

101

192]

197
C5
198

107

307

110

310

m1
47

12
48
rit
73
49
112
74
4A

113

114

4c!

115
77'|
40;
116)
78
4E
117)

199
¢7

200
cB
ont
201
c9
342
202

313

5 [13

P
.

Q
R
S

T
U
V
W
xX
Y
zZ

203

314

204

315
205
co
316
206
CE
317

79} 207
afl CF

N
é

208

121

321

51
122
82

Oo
322
210

123
g3
53

323
211
D3

124

324

20)

2121

125

325

126

326

as
55

213
05
214

127

327

130

330

87
57

215
07

88
58
131
89
59
132
90

216
08
331
217
09
332
218

133

333

91}

134

135
93
50!
136
94
5E
137

95
sF|

21991

334

220

335
221
oD
336
222
DE
337

‘

@
b
Cc

d
6
f
g
h
i
j

Kk
1
m
n

223
pe]

GL |GR

GL|GR

140

340

160

6 {14
96

224)

141

341

61
142
98

€1
342
226

143
99
63

343
227
€3

144

344

100

22]

228)

145

345

146

346

£6

101
65

102
147

103
67
150

229
€5

230

347

231],
€7

350

7 (15

p
@q
r
8

tt
u
Vv
W

104
68
151
105
69
152
106

232
€8
381
2933
€9
352
234

153

353

107

154

108
6c

155
109
60{|
156
110
6—E
157

111}
6F

235

161

113

361

244

1
162
114

Fy
362
242

163
115
73|

363
243
F3

164

364

116
74

244
Fa

165

365

166

366

117
75

118

76}

245
FS
246

167

367

170]

370

119
77)

247
67

120!
78)
wt]
121]
79|
172
122

248
€8
371
249
FQ
372
250

re]

173

373

7Al

123
78

354

236]
EC

355
237
£0
356
238]
EE
357

"360

12 240

¢
—~

174|

124|
7C{

175
125)
70}
176
126
7E|

€A

251

374

252
FC

375
253
FD
376
254
FE

239
EF

OCTAL

DECIMAL
HEX

MLO-448-86

DEC Portuguese Character Set

Figure A-18:

° 0
B5

BITS

e4e38281/

coLuMN

[ROW

GL|GR

2 {10

o0000fg9
0001]

oo1olg

0011/3

O
!
‘

0110/6

1o001};9

)

10101410

1011444

1100/42

’

1101/43

LEGEND
CHARACTER

245
165
as

246

166

47
39
27

247
167
AT

250

40
28
51
4)
29
52
42

168
As
281
169
ag
252
170

253

28
54
44

AB
254
172

45
20|
56
46

173
ap
256
174

2c
55

2€|

57|
47]
2F|

6
7
8
9
:

171

AC
255

257
175
ag

’
<
=
>
?

260

100

[11

176

|GR

{12

300

192

261

101

301

62
50
32
63

262
178
82
263

102.
66
42
103

302
194
C2
303

49
3

45
a7
25

163

244

161
at

164]

’

(

rrrsetqys

1000/8

110114

242
162
a2
243

23°

0101/5

42
34
221
43

241

33
21

0100/4

o1rsr{|

GL|GR

52
34

177
81

179

264

180
B4

65
4)

104

193
C1

195

304

305
197
c5

266

106

306

182

198

6)
55
37

267
183
87

107
|
47

307
199
7

270

110

310

5G
38
mw]
57
39
72.
58

184
68
27
185
B9
272
186

273

38
74
60

3C
75

61]
30]
76
62|

3E|

77)
63}
3F

105
69
45

265
181
BS

Vv
W

200
ce
304
201
c9
312
202

113

313

6B
274
188

48
114
76

CB
314
204

189
go
276
190

77, 205
40| cD
116) 316
78 206

187

BC
275

277
191
aF

12
48
va
13
49
112
74

203

4c
ce
115! 315

GL IGR

129

320

140

208

114

224)

340
£0

121

321

141

34)

122
82
52
123

322
210
02
323

142
98
62
143

342
226
E2
343

81
51

B3
53

124

84
54

209
Dt

211

97
61

324

144

212

100
64

2257
€1

227]
E3

344

345
229
ES

126

326

146

346

214

102

127.
a7
57

327
215
07

147
103
67

130

330

150

145
101
65

«¢

325
213
o5

230
347
231
€?

7 |15

228)

125
85
55

GL|GR

160

itz
70

360

240
FO

161

361

162
114
72
163

362
242
£2
363

143
|

15
73:

164

241
ey

243
F3

364

116

244

165
117
75

365
245
FS

166

366

11a

246

167
119
77)

367
247
#7

170]

370

350

88 | 216
28
08
131 331
89 217
29'|
D9
132 332
90 218
5A

104
68
151
105
69
152
106

232]
x
£8
351
233]
€9
352
234
z

1201
781
i]
121}
79]
172
122

248
¢g
374
249
F9
372
250

133

333

153

353

173,

373

58
134
92

0B
334
220

68
154
108

€B
354
236

78|
174|
124]

FB
374
252

93
5D}
136
94

221
po
336
222

109
60}
156
110)

137
95
5F

337
223
oF

157
111
6F

4€| CE

117] 31?
79] 207
afl CF

GL |GR

5 |13

196

65
53
35

5C
135

SE
_

219

OC
335

107

6c
155

235)

EC
355

237
€D
356
238,

357
239
EF

&
g
oo

7A]

123

7c
175

125|
701
176
126

7E|

251

FC
376

253
FO
376
254

copes
~A

101

65
41

3O1

193
ci

OCTAL

DECIMAL
HEX

® NOTE:

WHEN SET IS MAPPED INTO GR,
BIT BB IS 1

DEC PORTUGUESE

MLO-—1059-87

Fonts and Character Sets

A-21

Appendix B

Compatibility with Other ReGIS Devices
RETOSis compatible with ReGIS applications, with the following exceptions:
e

Device dependent output

e¢

Exact fonts for characters
Inappropriate operators for a printer
Reports
Rectangle operations

RETOSsupports all ReGIS commands supported by the VT240, VT241,
VT330, and VT340, with the following exceptions:
e
e
e
e

R— Reports
S() — Scrolling
$(C) — Graphic cursor control
§$(D) — Data movementcontrol

S(H) — Hardcopycontrol

e
e

S(T) — Time delay
$(W) — Temporary write control

Compatibility with Other ReGIS Devices

B-1

Appendix C

Printable Dot Patternsfor Sixels Mode
Figure C-1 showsthe 64 printable dot patterns used for each character
code in the 3/15 (63 decimal) through 7/14 (126 decimal) range. The
converter subtracts 63 from the decimal value of the received code to
create the dot pattern.
The character x indicates that the pixel spot prints, and the character o
indicates that the pixel spot does notprint.

Printable Dot Patterns for Sixels Mode

C-1

Figure C-—1:

Character
Value
Octal
Decimal

@IA

LIM

077 1100 1101 1102 1103 |104 {105 106 1107 3110 [117 4112 1113 4114]115 1116
63}
64] 65]
66}
67]
68]
69]
70]
71}
72)
73] 74]
75]
76]
771]
78

3F|

40]

41]

42]

43]

44]

45]

46]

47]

48]

497

4A]

Dot Patterns

0
0
0
0
0
0

x
0
0
0
0
0

0
X
0
0
0
0

x
x
0
0
0
0

0
0
x
0
0
0

x
0
x
0
0
0

0
x
x
0
0
0

x
x
x
0
0
0

0
0
0
x
0
0

x
0
0
x
0
0

0
x
0
x
0
0

x
0
x
x
0
0
0
x
x
x
x
x
0
0
0
O};O01]0

0
x
x
x
0
0

Character

‘

min

Value
Octal
Decimal

137 1140 [141 1142 [143 1144 [145 146 [147 1150 1151 1152 [153 ]154 ]/155 1156
95] 96] 97]
98] 9931004101 [102 1103 1104 ]105 1106 ]107 108 109 4110

4C/ 4D

Xx
K
XK
O-™x

6D]

6C|

x
x
x
x
0
0

6B]

xoOo°eo

GA]

xoOor-K~

69}

68]

ORK

67]

xO-X

66]

odo

65]

4B]

xox

64]

63}

62]

xOOXxX

61]

Dot Patterns

60]

5F]

Hexadecimal

OOxXK

Hexadecimal

Printable Dot Patterns for Sixels Mode

MLO- 1060-87

(Continued on next page)

C-2

Printable Dot Patterns for Sixels Mode

Figure C-—1

Character
Value

Octal
Decimal
Hexadecimal

Dot Patterns

(Cont.):

Printable Dot Patterns for Sixels Mode

O;P;IQ{R]ISTTFTUPTVIWT

117}120 4121 [1221123 1124 1125) 126 1127 1130] 131 1132 ]133]1341 135 136
79| 80] 81] 82] 83] 84] 85] 86] 87] 88] 89] 90] 91} 92] 93] 94
4F} 50] 51] 52] 53] 54] 55] 56] 577 58] 59] 5A] 5Bi SC} 5D] 5E
0
0
0
0

x
0
0
0

Oo
x
0
0

x
x
0
0

0
0
x
0

Xx
0
x
0

0
x
x
0

x
x
x
0

0
0
0
x

x
0
0
x

0
x
0
x

x
x
0
x

0
0;
x
x

x
0
x
x

O
x
x
x

x
x
x
x

olpltaqtir

ufviwitx

dz]

}

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
0o;o0o;o;o;}oroyoy;yoyoy;yoy;oyoyoyoyoyo
Character
Value

Octal
Decimal
Hexadecimal

Dot Patterns

1571 160]161 |162] 163}1641165]| 166] 167/170] 171 1172117311741175 1176
1117112]113}114/1151116}117) 11811191120] 121 1122 1123]1241125 1126
6F) 70] 714 72] 73] 74] 751 76} 77] 78] 79) 7A} 7B] 7C} 7D] 7E
0
0
0
0

x
x

x
0
0};
0

x
x

0
x
0
0

x
x

x
x
0
0

x
x

Oj]
0
x
0

x
x

x
0
x
0

x
x

0
x
x
0

x
x

x
x
x
0

x
x

0
0
Oo;
x

x
x

x
0
0;
x

x
x

0
x
0
x

x
x

x
x
0
x

x
x

0
0
x
x

x
x

x
0
x
x

x
x

0
Xx
x
x

x
x

x
x
x
x

x
Xx

MLO-106 1-87

Printable Dot Patterns for Sixels Mode

C-3

Glossary
ANSI An acronym for American National Standards Institute, an organization
that compiles and publishes computer industry standards.
ASCII An abbreviation/acronym for American Standard Code for Information
Interchange. ASCII is a set of binary numbers representing the alphabet,
punctuation, numerals, and other special symbols used in text representation
and communications protocol.
bit map An imagein digitized form that can be stored, transmitted, and reproduced precisely.
character set A set of codes that describe the general appearance ofa set
of characters. For example, a character set might contain the code for an
uppercase A or the number 1. Character sets do not describe the style of a
printed character. See Font.
commandstring A data record included in a device control string. Examples
are a type family identification or font identification.
conformance level An architectural agreement between hardware and software developers. Each level has a fixed group of functions within a class of
operations, which are met if a product claims to implementthatlevel.
control characters Characters that do not print, but cause the printer or
terminal to perform some action. For example, the HTS control character sets a
horizontal tab. There are two groups of control characters, CO and C1.
CO (control 0) and C1 (control 1) codes C0 codesrepresent 7-bit ASCII con-

trol characters. C1 codes represent 8-bit control characters that let you perform
more functions than possible with CO codes. Only in an 8-bit environment can
you use Cl codes.

control function A methodof controlling how the printer or terminal processes
characters. Control functions include control characters, control strings, and
escape and control sequences.

Glossary-1

control sequences Two or more bytes that define a specific function. Control
sequences usually include variable parameters.
decipoint A unit of measure equal to 1/720 inch.
device control strings (DCS) Device control strings define specific control

functions. The DCS format includes an introducer character, a protocol selector,
a commandstring, and a terminator.

escape sequence Twoor more bytes that define a specific function. Escape
sequences do not include variable parameters, but may include intermediate
characters.
font Theartistic representation of a typeface that describes someset of characters
rendered in a particular point size, weight, andstyle.
GL (graphic left) and GR (graphic right) codes Twocodetables in memory,
reserved for printable characters. You store the character sets you want to use
in GL and GR.
Printers and terminals use the graphic left (GL) table in memory when the
character code formatis 7-bit, or when the character code formatis 8-bit
and the graphic characters are in the 2/1 through 7/14 range.
They use the graphic right (GR) table in memory whenthe character code
format is 8-bit and the graphic characters are in the 10/0 through 15/15
range.
grid units A unit measuring horizontal grid size. Horizontal grid size is the
distance between adjacent dots in the outputfile.
horizontal margin Theleft horizontal margin specifies the first printable position
on a line. The right horizontal margin specifies the last printable position on a
line.
HLS Hue, Lightness, Saturation. HLS is a 3-parameter system for describing a
color, based on humanperceptual description of color.
image area The printable part of a page. On most printers you cannotprint to
the physical edge of the page.
IVP Abbreviation for installation verification procedure. IVP verifies that RETOS
has beeninstalled properly.

Glossary-2

landscape printing A methodof printing characters parallel to the long edge of
the paper.
level 1 A level of sixel conformance. Level 1 devices do not support the Set
Raster Attribute, Background Select, Horizontal Grid Size, or Macro Parameter
commands. Level 1 devices parse these commands, but print in only one grid
size defined for Macro Parameter 1. The VT240 is an example of a level 1 sixel
device.
level 2 A level of sixel conformance. Level 2 devices support the Set Raster
Attribute, Background Select, Horizontal Grid Size, and Macro Parameter

commands. The LJ250 is an example of a level 2 sixel device.

node A network addressable component having a uniquedata link identification.
origin The starting point for printing on the page.
parameter A character that modifies the action or interpretation of a control
sequence. All parameters are unsigned, positive decimal integers, with the most
significant digit sent first.
e

<A numeric parameter indicates a numeric value, such as a tab or margin
location. In this manual, numeric parameters appear as actual values
or Pn, Pn1, Pn2, and so on.

A selective parameter selects an action associated with the specific

parameter value. In this manual, selective parameters appear asPs,

Psi, Ps2, and so on.

pixel The smallest displayable picture on a screen. The printer prints pixels as
dots.
portrait printing A method of printing characters parallel to the short edge of
the paper. This is the normal page orientation for printing. For example, this
page is printed in a portrait orientation.
printable characters Characters from position 2/0 through 7/14 in 7-bit
character sets and from position 10/10 through 15/15 in 8-bit charactersets.
protocol A basic procedure orset of rules that controls the communication between computers. Also, a set of conventions between communicating processes
regarding the format and contents of messages to be exchanged.
ReGIS An acronym for Remote Graphics Instruction Set. ReGIS is a set of
graphics object description commands.
Glossary-3

RETOS An acronym for the ReGIS-to-sixel converter.
RGB Red, Green, Blue. RGB is a wayto express colors: red, green, blue, cyan,

yellow, magenta, white, and dark (black).

resolution The numberof dots in a defined area. The default resolution of the

LJ250 is 90 dots/inch horizontally and 90 dots/inch vertically (90,90).

sixel A groupof six vertical pixels represented by six bits in a character code of
seven or eight bits. Sixels are an image transfer mechanism.
vectors Lines drawn with length, width, and direction.
vertical margin Thetop vertical margin specifies the first printable line on
a page. The bottom vertical margin specifies the last printable line. These
marginsare called hard margins, because you cannotprint outside the area
defined by the margins.

Glossary—4

INDEX
Character sets

A
Active position
sixel graphics ® 4-3
ANSI control characters
and RETOS ® 3-142

in ReGIS syntax ® 3-142
ANSI text and sequences
conversion of ® 3-142
Arcs

Curve command ® 3-77

Arguments
summaries

Curve command ® 3-92
Load command ® 3-135
Polygon Fill command ® 3-104
Position command ® 3-33
Screen Control command ® 3-25
Text command ® 3-128
Vector command ® 3-76
Write Control command ® 3-64

to ReGIS commands® 3-8

/BACKGROUND qualifier ® 2-3, 2-5
with /NOCOLORS and /REVERSE_VIDEO ® 2-4

C
Character coding
sixel graphics ® 4-16

supported by RETOS ® A-3
Circles
Curve command ® 3-77
Color default output map ® 3-23, 3-141
/COLORSqualifier ® 2-3, 2-5
RETOS color output map ® 3-23
Command line ® 2-1
format ® 2-2
qualifiers ® 2-3
Control characters
and RETOS ® 3-142
in ReGIS syntax ® 3-142
Curve command ® 3-77
argument summary ® 3-92
types of © 3-77

DECgraph
files for /NOCOLORSdevices ® 2-20
RETOShints ® 2-20
with black and white printer ® 2-4
DECpagehints ® 2-2 1
DECslide
files for /NOCOLORSdevices ® 2-20
RETOShints ® 2-20
with black and white printer ® 2-4
Defaults
color output map ® 3-141
device dependent ® 2-12
file types ® 2-12
initial values ® 2-12
output map values ® 3-141
screen addressing ® 3-140

Index—1

Defaults (cont'd.)

selecting ® 2-13
/DEVICE qualifier ® 2-5, 2-13
qualifiers selected with ® 2-5 to 2-6
Devices supported by RETOS ® 1-1, 2-5, 2-16 to
2-18
LA100 printer ® 2-17
LA210 Letterprinter ® 2-17
LA5O printer ® 2-17
LA75 printer ® 2-17
LJ250 printer ® 2-16
LJ252 printer ® 2-16
LNOS3 PLUSprinter ® 2-17
LNO3 printer ® 2-17
VT240 terminals ® 2-18
VT241 terminals ® 2-18
VT330 terminals ® 2-18
VT340 terminals ® 2-18
Displaying converted files ® 2-1

Error messages ® 2-13 to 2-15

F
Files created/modified during installation ® 1-8
Files for /NOCOLORSDevices ® 2-20
File types ® 2-12

Installation
error conditions ® 1-10
files created or modified ® 1-8
hardware requirements ® 1-3
options ® 1-7
preparing for ® 1-3
sample ® 1-13
software requirements ® 1-3

verification ® 1-7

Installation verification (IVP)

selecting ® 1-7
Installing RETOS ® 1-6 to 1-8
as a shared image ® 1-12
Invoking RETOS ® 1-10

L
LA100 ® 2-5, 2-16
supported resolutions ® 2-17
LA210°® 2-5, 2-16
supported resolutions ® 2-17
LA50 ® 2-5, 2-16
supported resolutions ® 2-17
LA75 ®2-5
supported resolutions ® 2-17
/LEVEL qualifier ® 2-5, 2-7, 4-20
LJ250 ® 2-5, 3-12
ReGIS Screen Control command ® 3-17
RETOScolor output map ® 3-23
supported resolutions ® 2-16
transparency margins ® 2-16

/GRID_UNITS qualifier ® 2-5, 2-6, 4-21

Hints
with DECgraph ® 2-20
with DECpage ® 2-21
with DECslide ® 2-20
HLS color specifier system ® 3-20

Improving performance ® 2-18
Input file format ® 2-3

2-Index

LJ252
supported resolutions ® 2-16
transparency margins ® 2-16
LNO3 ® 2-5
supported resolutions ® 2-17
LNO3_PLUS ® 2-5
LNO3 PLUS
supported resolutions ® 2-17
LNO3R SCRIPTPRINTER® 1-1, 2-17
Load command ® 3-131
arguments ® 3-131
argument summary ® 3-135

Macrograph command® 3-136
operation types ® 3-136

Macrograph command (cont’d.)

operator summary ® 3-139
Maintenance updates® 1-11
/MARGIN qualifier ® 2-5, 2-8, 4-23
Margins ® 2-8, 2-11
/MONOCHROME qualifier ® 2-5, 2-8
RETOS color output map ® 3-23

/NOCOLORSqualifier ® 2-4, 2-5, 2-20
RETOS color output map ® 3-23
with /REVERSE_VIDEO ® 2-11
/NOMONOCHROME qualifier ® 2-5, 2-9
RETOScolor output map ® 3-23
/NOREVERSE_VIDEO qualifier ® 2-4, 2-5, 2-11,
2-21

/ORIENTATION qualifier ® 2-5, 2-9
Output devices
supported by RETOS ® 2-13
Output map default values ® 3-23, 3-141
/OUTPUT qualifier © 2-10

P
PRINTSERVER 40® 1-1, 2-17

Pattern
in ReGIS ® 3-41
Picture origin
sixel graphics ® 4-3
Pixel aspect ratio ® 4-2, 4-5, 4-9
Pixel vector
definition ® 3-3
multiplier ® 3-4
Polygon Fill command ® 3-94
argument summary ® 3-104
options ® 3-94
Position command ® 3-26
arguments ® 3-26
argument summaries ® 3-33
Postinstallation procedures ® 1-9
Preinstallation requirements ® 1-3, 1-4
Printer control mode ® 2-1

Printing convertedfiles ® 2-1
PV
See pixel vector

0
Quotedstrings
ReGIS ® 3-9

Raster ® 4-2
raster aspect ratio ® 4-2
size ® 4-2
ReGIS
arcs ® 3-80
arguments ® 3-8
punctuation with ® 3-8
binary patterns ® 3-44
bracketed extents ® 3-8
circles ® 3-77, 3-78
color values ® 3-24
commandkeyletters ® 3-7
control characters ® 3-11
conventions
used in ReGIS examples ® 3-14
coordinate system ® 3-2
Curve command ® 3-77
argument summary ® 3-92
types of ® 3-77
data
characters used ® 3-5
description ® 3-5
upper and lower case ® 3-5
default values ® 3-12
definition ® 3-1
digit strings in ReGIS ® 3-9
display structure ® 3-2
high level languages ® 3-2
Load command ® 3-131
arguments ® 3-131
argument summary ® 3-135
logical coordinate system ® 3-2
Macrograph facility ® 3-136
operation types ® 3-136
operator summary ® 3-139
multiple shading referenceline ® 3-6 1

Index-3

ReGIS (cont’d.)
options

order of processing ® 3-10
pattern ® 3-41
binary ® 3-44
multiplication ® 3-45
negative ® 3-46
standard ® 3-42
pixel vector ® 3-3
digit strings ® 3-9
multiplier © 3-4
positioning ® 3-28
Polygon Fill command ® 3-94
argument summary ® 3-104
options ® 3-94
Position command ® 3-26
arguments ® 3-26
argument summary ® 3-33
punctuation ® 3-11
quotedstrings ® 3-9
screen addressing defaults ® 3-140
Screen Control command
arguments ® 3-16
argument summary ® 3-25
background intensity option ® 3-19
display addressing argument ® 3-16
LJ250 ® 3-17
output mapping option ® 3-23
RETOS ® 3-18
screen erase option ® 3-24
shading character select ® 3-59
shading referenceline select ® 3-54
specify standard patterns ® 3-42
synchronization character ® 3-11
syntax punctuation ® 3-11
Text command ® 3-105
arguments and options ® 3-105
argument summary ® 3-128
unsupported commands® 3-140
Vector command ® 3-66
absolute/relative positioning ® 3-67
absolute positioning ® 3-67
arguments ® 3-66
argument summary ® 3-76
PV positioning ® 3-67
relative positioning ® 3-67
Write Control command ® 3-34
argument summary ® 3-64

4-Index

ReGIS
Write Control command (cont’d.)

erase writing ® 3-35
options ® 3-34
shading control option ® 3-48
specify binary pattern ® 3-44
standard patterns ® 3-42
ReGIS applications ® 1-1
ReGIS commands
definition ® 3-1
represented by a keyletter ® 3-6
supported by RETOS ® 3-15
Release notes ® 1-2, 1-4, 1-5, 1-6, 1-8, 1-11
/RESOLUTION qualifier ® 2-5, 2-10, 2-16, 4-22
Resolutions
supported by
LA100 ® 2-17
LA210 ® 2-17
LA50O ® 2-17
LA75°®2-17
LJ250 ® 2-16
LJ252 °2-16
LNO3 ® 2-17
LNO3 PLUS ® 2-17
RETOS
and ANSI escape sequences ® 3-142
and ANSI text ® 3-142
color output map

/LJ250 ® 3-23
/MONOCHROME qualifier ® 3-23
/NOCOLORSqualifier © 3-23
/NOMONOCHROME qualifier ® 3-23
command line ® 2-1
command qualifiers © 2-3 to 2-11
compatibility with ReGIS devices ® 3-140 to
3-141, B-1
DECgraphhints ® 2-20
DECpage hints ® 2-2 1
DECslide hints ® 2-20
default color map ® 3-141
default color output map ® 3-23
error messages ® 2-13 to 2-15
HLS color specifier system ® 3-20
improving performance ® 2-18
input file ® 2-3
italic angles ® 3-122
ReGIS screen addressing command ® 3-18
RGB color specifier system ® 3-19

RETOS
RGB color specifier system (cont’d.)
/MONOCHROME qualifier ® 3-20
/NOCOLOR qualifier © 3-20
unsupported ReGIS commands ® B-1
/REVERSE_VIDEO qualifier ® 2-4, 2-5, 2-11, 3-12
RGB color specifier system ® 3-19

Sample installation ® 1-13
Scaling
sixels output ® 4-23
Screen addressing
compatibility ® 3-140
default ® 3-140
for LJ250 ® 3-140
Screen Control command ® 3-16
arguments ® 3-16
argument summary ® 3-25
Sixel control codes ® 4-2, 4-8 to 4-16
color introducer ® 4-13
graphics carriage return (DECGCR) ® 4-11
graphics next line (DECGNL) ® 4-12

repeat introducer (DECGRI) ® 4-10
set raster attributes (DECGRA)® 4-8
Sixel data
coding of ® 4-6
Sixel DCS (device control string) ® 4-17 to 4-19
macro parameters (Ps1) ® 4-4
picture definition ® 4-2, 4-5
protocol selector ® 4-4
sixels data ® 4-2
Sixel graphics
active position ® 4-3
character coding ® 4-16
picture origin ® 4-3
printing ® 4-3
protocol structure ® 4-3
terminology ® 4-1, 4-2
Sixel mode
dot patterns ® 4-6
selecting ® 4-17 to 4-19
Sixels output
origin ® 4-23
scaling ® 4-23
/SIZE qualifier ® 2-5, 2-11

Software performance reports (SPRs) ® 1-12

T
Text command ® 3-105
arguments and options ® 3-105
argument summary ® 3-128

Using RETOS ® 2-1 to 2-15
Using VMSINSTAL® 1-4

V
Vector command ® 3-66
arguments ® 3-66
argument summary ® 3-76
VMSdeadlock
avoiding ® 2-18
VMSINSTAL ® 1-4
VT240 ® 2-5
VT241°2-5
VT330 ® 2-5
VT340 ® 2-5

Ww
Write Control command ® 3-34
argument summary ® 3-64
options ® 3-34

Index—5

HOW TO ORDER
ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION

Write

From

Call

Alaska, Hawaii,
or New Hampshire

603-884-6660

Rest of U.S.A.
and Puerto Rico*

800-258-1710

Digital Equipment Corporation
P.O. Box CS2008
Nashua, NH 03061

* Prepaid orders from Puerto Rico must be placed with DIGITAL’s local subsidiary

(809-754-7575)
Canada

800-267-6219
(for software
documentation)
613-592-5111
(for hardware
documentation)

Internal orders
(for software
documentation)

—

Internal orders
(for hardware
documentation)

617-234-4323

Digital Equipment of Canada Ltd.
100 Herzberg Road
Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2K 2A6
Attn: Direct Order desk

Software Distribution Center (SDC)
Digital Equipment Corporation

Westminster, MA 01473

Publishing & Circulation Serv. (P&CS)
NRO3-1/W3
Digital Equipment Corporation
Northboro, MA 01532

RETOSInstallation and User’s Guide

AA-—JU56A-TE

READER'S

COMMENTS

Note: This orm . rr “pcument comments only. oeae wr
use comments submitted on this form at
the company’s discretion.
If you require a written reply and are eligible to receive one

under Software Performance Report (SPR) service, submit your
comments on an SPR form.

Did you find this manual understandable, usable, and well organized? Please make suggestions

for improvement.

Did you find errors in this manual? If so, specify the error and the page number.

OOOOOU

Please indicate the type of user/reader that you most nearly represent:
Assembly language programmer
Higher-level language programmer

Occasional programmer (experienced)

User with little programming experience
Student programmer
Other (please specify)

Name

Date

Organization
Street

City

State ___———C Zip Clot’
or Country

Do Not Tear — Fold Here and Tape

FOSOCE0

—

— —

—

~—

—

~—

— —~

—

—-

— ~— —

~ ~—~

~— —

NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED
IN THE
UNITED STATES

BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST CLASS PERMIT NO.33 MAYNARD MASS.
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE

DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
CORPORATE USER PUBLICATIONS
MLO5—5/E45
146 MAIN STREET
MAYNARD, MA 01754-2571

Do Not Tear — Fold Here

—

—~ ~—~ ~

—~

~—~ ~—~

—~

~ —- ~ — —-

~ ~—- ~—~

—- —-

—- —

Cut Along Dotted Line

—